Skip to main content

Full text of "The doctrine of the church in Scottish theology."

See other formats


a 
ral 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2022 with funding from 
Duke University Libraries 


A Eo 


———”"—~“<;7TCS SCté<i<i; 


< 


THE DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH IN 
SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


i‘ 


‘ 


"TURNBULL AND SPEARS, — 


THE 
DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH 


IN 


SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


The Sixth Series of the Chalmers Lectures 


BY THE LATE 


JOHN MACPHERSON, M.A. 


AUTHOR OF ‘' COMMENTARY ON THE EPISTLE TO THE EPHESIANS,” “ CHRISTIAN 
DOGMATICS,” “4 HISTORY OF THE CHURCH IN SCOTLAND,” ETC. 


EDITED BY 


C. G. M‘CRIE, D.D. 


EBdinburgb 
MACNIVEN & WALLACE 
1903 


EXTRACT FROM THE DEED INSTITUTING THE 
CHALMERS LECTURESHIP. 


(The Deed being dated 26th May 1880.) 


‘TI, Ropert Macriz, Esq. of Airds and Oban, considering that I feel 

deeply interested in the maintenance of the principles of the Free Church 

of Scotland, have transferred . . . the sum of £5000 sterling for the pur- 

pose of founding a Lectureship in memory of the late Taomas CHALMERS, 

D.L., LL.D., under the following conditions: namely—1. The Lecture-_ 
ship shall . . . be called Zhe Chalmers Lectureship ; 2. The Lecturer 

shall hold the appointment for four years, and shall be entitled . 

. to one-half of the income . . .; 3. The subject shall be ‘ Headship of 
Christ over His Church and its Independent Spiritual Jurisdiction’ ; 

4, The Lecturer shall be bound to deliver publicly a Course of not fewer 

than six Lectures . . . in Edinburgh, in Glasgow, and in Aberdeen ; 

5. The Lecturer shall be bound, within a year, to print and publish at his 

own risk not fewer than 1500 copies . . . and deposit three copies in 
the libraries of the Free Church Colleges; 6. One-half of the balance of 
the income . . . shall be laid out in furnishing with a copy all the 
Ministers and Missionaries of the Free Church.” 


EDITOR'S PREFACE 


Tue Rev. John Macpherson was born at Greenock in 
1847. After graduating at the University of Glas- 
gow, and receiving his theological training in the 
Free Church Divinity Hall of that city, he gave four- 
and-twenty years of his life to ministerial work at 
Findhorn, a fishing village in Morayshire. On 
retiring from this sphere of labour, he found his 
home in Portobello, where he died suddenly on the 
31st of March 1902. 

As was written regarding him at the time of his 
death by one who knew him intimately, ‘‘ Mr 
Macpherson was an accomplished scholar, a_ solid 
theologian, an able and wise defender of the faith, a 
thoughtful Evangelical preacher, a staunch and loyal 
friend, and a Christian man, absolutely true, fearless, 
and uncompromising.” A diligent student and a 
copious writer, he enriched theological and historical 
literature with numerous translations of standard 
German works, with Commentaries, Dictionaries, and 
Handbooks of sterling value. The latest production 
of his pen was “A History of the Church in Scotland,” 
published in 1901. 

Before that date he had been appointed Chalmers 
Lecturer, and had chosen for the subject of his course 


v 


vi EDITOR'S PREFACE 


“The Doctrine of the Church in Scottish Theology.” 
The lectures had been delivered by him in successive 
sessions in the United Free Colleges of Edinburgh 
and Aberdeen. 

At the request of the Lectureship Committee, I 
undertook to read the lectures in the Glasgow Hall 
during the session 1902-3, and thereafter edit them 
for publication. In carrying out this trust, I have 
sought faithfully to produce the lecturer's final form 
of his work, a task of some difficulty, owing partly 
to the excessively minute handwriting of the author, 
and partly to the fact that at the time of his death 
he had only written out one lecture, the remaining 
five being in duplicate draft form. In the matter 
of footnotes, I have a strong impression that had 
Mr Macpherson been spared to publish his lectures 
he would have increased their value for students 
by supplying information with which he was so 
richly furnished. And so I have supplemented 
the few notes in the MS. with some of my own, 
chiefly of a bibliographical nature. My notes and 
references are marked with brackets. I also am 
responsible for the Table of Contents and the Index. 


C. G. M‘CrIE. 


Ayr, May 1903. 


CONTENTS 


LECTURE I. 


PAGES 
Tue ScortisH THEOLOGY —ItTs LITERATURE AND ITs DISTINC- 


TIVE CHARACTERISTICS 3 ‘ : 3 Je ctr: 


Central position of the doctrine of the Church in Scottish History 
and Theology ; Present day interest in Church problems ; Old 
Scottish theological writings comparatively little known; 
Reasons for this in unattractiveness of the books; In lavish 
use of Scripture phrases ; Specimen from Rutherfurd ; In con- 
troversial method; In principles of Scripture interpretation 
and verbal inspiration ; With all drawbacks the literature of 
abiding value; Advantages of seventeenth and eighteenth 
century writers ; Their scholarship; Works upon the doctrine 
of the Church of Boyd, Cameron, Baillie, George Gillespie, 
Samuel Rutherfurd ; Brief notices of James Durham, Brown of 
Wamphray, Robert M‘Ward. 


LECTURE II. 


Tue IpEA OF THE CHURCH AND MEMBERSHIP INIT . . 54-90 


Scottish Protestant Divines required to vindicate existence of the 
Church ; Difference between Romish and Reformed doctrine of 
the Church; Scottish Confession of 1560 upon the subject; 
Controversy between Bellarmine and Boyd; Idea of Church 
entertained by Scottish Presbyterians in opposition to 
Romanists and Independents ; Distinction between the Church 
as Visible and invisible; Brown of Wamphray versus The 
Separatists and Romanists ; Church members and sealing ordi- 
nances ; The notes or marks of the Visible Church must be 
visible ; Difference in view between Rutherfurd and Boston as 
to membership through Baptism. 


vii 


Vlil 


CONTENTS 


LECTURE IIL. 


PAGES 


CuuroH Unity—TueE Sin or Scuism . B : 91-128 


Scottish conception of the Unity of the Church ; Catholicity of 


CuurcH Purity—CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 


the conception ; Recognitions of the Papacy as a Church of 
Christ ; Of its Baptism, Ministers and Discipline; Scottish 
Divines averse to Separation; Rutherfurd and Durham on 
Scandalous Divisions; Differences not grounds of Division; 
Preaching of the Gospel the essential of a Church; The hier- 
archical principle; How it works; Charge against Reformers 
that ordination derived from Rome; How met by Rutherfurd ; 
Society men averse to Separation; Durham’s six rules anent 
Separation; Burnet and M‘Ward on Conformists and Non- 
Conformists; The IJnformatory Vindication of 1686; The 
Seceders of 1733; The later Seceders; Adam Gib; Welsh of 
Irongray. 


LECTURE IV. 


Popular misconception regarding zeal for purity and exercise of 


discipline in Church of Scotland; The discipline strict but not 
inquisitorial ; Contrasted with the penitential exercises of Rome; 
The Books of Discipline upon the subject ; Private admonitions to 
precede public censure; Durham and Rutherfurd on the subject ; 
Matthew xviii. 17—different views taken of the Church there 
mentioned ; The Power of the Keys ; The Key of doctrine and 
the Key of discipline ; Saving grace and serious profession distin- 
guished ; Knox’s Liturgy ; Donald Cargill’s Excommunications ; 
Order of the Ecclesiastical Discipline of 1556; Dr Edgar on 
Scottish Church Discipline; Rutherfurd’s Free Disputation 
against pretended Liberty of Conscience ; Froude upon Toleration. 


LECTURE V. 


129-158 


CuurcH PowER—THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED . ; - 159-190 


Separate Jurisdiction of Church and State recognised by Scottish 


Reformers; Lost sight of in pre-reformation period; Second 
Book of Discipline upon distinction ; also Act containing Causes 
and Remedy of the Evils of the Kirk ; Return to pre-reformation 
practices during Episcopal domination ; Andrew Melville and 
King James VI.; Principal John Cunningham misjudges Mel- 
ville ; So also Principal William Robertson ; The Black Acts ; 
Dayid Black of St Andrews; Melville at Falkland Palace; 
Baillie’s Historical Vindication against calumnies of Maxwell 


CONTENTS 1x 


PAGES 


and Adamson ; John Welsh of Ayr ; Animadversions of 1585 ; 
Second Book of Discipline upon potestas ordinis and potestas 
jurisdictionis; Criticism of Dr Mair of Earlston’s Jurisdiction 
im Matters E¢clesiastical ; Difference of opinion among Scottish 
Divines as to duty of magistrate towards the Church ; Durham 
on the subject in Treatise concerning Scandal ; George Gillespie 
on the same. 


LECTURE VI. 
WHAT ACCORDING TO ScoTTisH THEOLOGY IS OF DivINE Riaut 191-224 


Thomas Coleman Orientalist and Erastian ; His sermon before 
the House of Commons in 1645; Resented by Westminster 
Assembly ; George Gillespie’s tracts in answer to Coleman ; 
What old Divines meant by a Divine Right; Gillespie’s daron’s 
Rod Blossoming ; Baillie’s Disswasive from the Errors of the Time ; 
Gillespie’s Dispute against the English Popish Ceremonies and 
An Assertion of the Government of the Church of Scotland ; 
Bishop Hall’s Assertion of Episcopacy by Divine Right; Ruling 
Elders distinct from teaching Elders; Rutherfurd’s Dispute 
touching Scandall and Christian Libertie ; Controverts Hooker ; 
Details and particulars not required by those who claim a 
Divine Right for Presbytery; The Five Articles of Perth; 
Kneeling an act of adoration ; Sketches of Robert Bruce of 
Edinburgh, Andrew Melville, Samuel Rutherfurd. 


THE DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH 
IN SCOTTISH THEOLOGY. 


LECTURE I. 


THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY—ITS LITERATURE AND ITS 
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS. 


In Scottish history and in the writings of Scottish 
divines the idea of the Church holds a central and 
obtrusively prominent position. Those who made the 
history of Scotland by performing in her and on her be- 
half actions which have made her annals worthy of the 
name of history, whether the instrument by which 
these deeds were effected was the pen or the sword, 
set in the forefront of the battle and took as their 
battle-cry, Christ and His Kirk. To them the Church 
was as real, as essential, as important as Christ Him- 
self. From their point of view Christ and the Church 
are mutually implicated ideas. We can no more con- 
ceive of Christ apart from the Church than we can 
conceive of the Church apart from Christ. Our old 
Scottish contenders for the truth, whether writing in 
the study, preaching from the pulpit, or fighting on 
the battlefield, maintained one constant and con- 
sistent doctrine regarding Christ and His Church. 


They thought of the two as they are conceived of 
A 1 


: 
Z THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


by the Apostle in his familiar figure, constituting one 
organism, of which Christ is the Head and the Church, 
the body comprising many members. It was «as 
evangelical theologians that our Scottish thinkers, 
who have put their stamp upon the official documents 
of their Church and on the thought of their country- 
men through all these centuries, made the idea of the 
Church so prominent in all their discussions, and 
treated questions about its nature and constitution 
as of vital importance to all who believe in Christ, 
and to whom, therefore, His cause is dear. It was 
their concern for the glory of Christ and for the 
preserving inviolate all His prerogatives that made 
them spend their strength and give their days to 
the unwearied vindication of that conception of the 
Church, in which alone, as they thought, Christ had 
scope to exercise His rights as their Head, their King. 

These men are often represented as mere ecclesi- 
astics fighting for an ecclesiastical theory, bent only 
on gaining a victory for Presbytery over Prelacy. 
This is one of the shallowest of misconceptions. On 
the part of those who repeat it, it is one of the 
meanest and most inexcusable of misrepresentations. 
The studies which these divines prosecuted were 
Christological rather than ecclesiastical. When they 
argued about the Church, it was in order to exalt Christ. 
It is this that gives lasting interest and importance to 
the writings of the Scottish theologians who thought, 
wrote, and contended during the sixteenth and 
seventeenth centuries and during the first half of 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 3 


the century following. Had they been mere eccle- 
siastics, Donatists or anti-Donatists, ceremonialists 
or anti-ceremonialists, controversialists contending 
simply for Church theories, they would now have 
not a historical, only an antiquarian interest. But 
the central position which they gave to Christ in 
their theology, and their splendid loyalty to Him 
have kept that theology living for all ages, and ought to 
keep it warm in the affections of all those who serve 
and honour the same King and Master. 

In the following lectures I propose to consider the 
special doctrine in regard to the character and con- 
stitution of Christ’s Church, as originally stated by 
Knox and his coadjutors, afterwards elaborated and 
more exactly defined by Rutherfurd, Gillespie, Brown 
of Wamphray, Durham, Boston, and others of those 
periods. I hope to be able to show that there is a 
distinctive doctrine of the Church set forth and 
vindicated by these men, accepted and acted upon 
in the community which they represent; and that 
the contribution they made to this subject is of such 
a quality and of such extent as to deserve and reward 
careful and separate consideration. 

That this is so may appear, even before we have 
entered upon the discussion, from the prominence 
which many of the problems dealt with by them 
have among us to-day, and from the help which their 
enquiries and conclusions afford us in adjusting 
questions which demand an answer from us at this 
present time. How are we rightly to think of the 


4 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


Church? Are we to conceive of it as an institute of 
salvation, or as the communion of saints? What 
constitutes membership in the Church, and who may 
claim the right to her sealing ordinances? What is 
the distinction between the Church visible and the 
Church invisible, and how ought this distinction to be 
stated? What constitutes the sin of schism, and 
when is separation lawful and necessary? What is 
the Church’s power of discipline? What is her right- 
ful jurisdiction? How and when may she use her 
power to excommunicate? What are the limits of a 
legitimate, safe and wise toleration, and how can the 
liberty of conscience be properly asserted and main- 
tained? What is of Divine Right and what may be 
imposed by human institution? Such are some of the 
questions which will emerge as we proceed, and which 
will mainly occupy our attention. All these questions 
are asked and every possible answer is discussed in 
present day theological writing, in great detail and 
from every conceivable point of view. 

In this introductory lecture I propose to look at 
some general characteristics of the field in which our 
enquiries are to be conducted. I shall ask you to 
look at the books and at the men who wrote them— 
their modes of thought, their manner of speech, what 
in them repels their reader and what attracts him, 
their intrinsic excellencies and their ineradicable de- 
fects, what has to be borne with by the student of 
their works, and what reward comes to him who 
endures. 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 5 


There is no doubt that the Scottish theological 
writings of two or three hundred years ago are now 
comparatively little known. Even divinity students 
who may be fairly well read in Patristic literature 
and in modern English and German theology are, in 
many cases, unacquainted with the very names of the 
works written by their forefathers. Students of our 
vernacular literature, who are familiar with Gawin 
Douglas, William Dunbar, Sir David Lyndsay, and 
William Drummond of Hawthornden, know little or 
nothing about Rutherfurd, Gillespie, Dickson, Baillie, 
Durham, Brown, and Boston. To literary students 
these last-named writers are not interesting because 
of the subjects of which they treat. But even to 
students of theology their writings have not proved 
attractive, although their themes are such as should 
have won for them attention and consideration. I 
am not sure that it is excusable even for literary men 
to neglect these writers as they have done. What- 
ever their defects from a literary point of view may 
be, I am inclined to think that their style of writing 
and their mode of reasoning, their choice of subjects 
and the vocabulary employed, are much more truly 
characteristic of the age to which they belong, than 
anything to be found in the more individual and 
occasional productions of the poets and literateurs of 
the same period. But the fact that not only those 
who naturally have but little sympathy with the 
religious character and contents of these books pass 
them by, but that even those who are making these 


6 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


same subjects their study almost wholly ignore them, 
is a manifest proof that these writings are in some 
respects seriously defective. 

To any one who has ever handled the books, some of 
these defects must be very apparent. Their general 
make-up is unattractive, if not repulsive. If the 
volumes are in their original bindings one is scarcely 
tempted to open them; and even when it happens 
that some lavish librarian has had them rebound in a 
somewhat elegant style, it is only necessary to pass 
within to find that all trace of elegance has vanished. 
The coarse, dull, yellow paper, through which the 
heavy type on the back of the page can almost be 
read, making the reading of the page before us diffi- 
_ cult; the dim, faded ink increasing the difficulty and 
adding to the unpleasantness of the general effect, the 
profuse and often meaningless employment of italic 
printing, imparting to the whole a strange and for- 
bidding look, marginal notes so crowded as to come 
into immediate contact with the text, sometimes 
allowed to cross over the whole page and cut the leaf 
in two, even in the middle of a sentence—such draw- 
backs as these, especially when they are all illustrated 
in the one volume, do not certainly help to win 
readers for it. This unattractiveness of printing, 
paper, and binding is more or less characteristic of 
all the publications of that age, whether printed by 
and issued from the presses of London or Edinburgh, 
of Leyden, Utrect, or Amsterdam. 

When we pass from the get-up, over which perhaps 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 7 


the writer had little control, and which was probably 
the best that the skill of these days, or at least that 
within reach, could afford—even after we have over- 
come our aversion to bad paper, indistinct and 
irregular printing, and such like defects, we immedi- 
ately encounter other and more serious drawbacks of 
style and manner and taste, in respect of which we find 
these writers in almost all their books offending 
against all the canons which are now recognised as 
elementary principles of English composition. To say 
that the language is archaic, that it seems to us often 
grotesque and uncouth, is no more than to say that it 
is the language of writers who lived two or three 
hundred years ago. It would be absurd to call this a 
fault, though it cannot but have its influence in de- 
terring some from the study of these books. 

A very real fault, however, and a very offensive 
one is to be found in the lavish use of scriptural 
phraseology which takes away from the works in 
question the appearance of naturalness, and renders 
them seemingly unreal, affected, and pedantic. I am 
not for a moment forgetting that the phrases thus 
borrowed, taken by themselves, are, in point of style, 
out of all comparison superior to any which they 
themselves could have contrived; but as dragged in 
by them into their writings they are incongruous and 
absurd, and often have meanings attached to them in 
their new settings which neither the authors of them, 
nor any sane commentator upon them ever thought 
should be given them. 


8 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


Samuel Rutherfurd is a great offender in this 
particular. His use of the figurative and poetical 
language of Scripture, and his accommodation of Old 
Testament phrases to express Christian ideas in his 
spiritual letters make these objectionable and even re- 
pulsive to many. But if even in his correspondence 
this practice of “the saint of the covenant” can 
scarcely be excused, how much more offensive is it 
in controversial writings and in the dedications and 
prefaces of such works. To give but one example. 
The dedication of his Dine Right of Church 
Government and Kacommunication is addressed to 
the Earl of Louden, Chancellor of Scotland, and a 
covenanting nobleman. In this writing we have some 
admirable and amiable sentiments expressed in this 
constrained and objectionable way : “‘ Christ Jesus 7s a 
uniting Saviour, one God, one Faith, one Lord Jesus, 
one Religion should be, and I beseech the God of 
Peace, they may be Chains of Gold to tie these two 
Nations and Churches together in uno tertio, that they 
may be concentered and united in one Lord Jesus. 
O that that precious Dew of Hermon, that Showers of 
Love and Peace may le all the mght upon the 
Branches of the two Olive Trees, that the warmnesse, 
heat, and influence of one Sun of Righteousnesse 
with healing in las wings, may make the Lilly 
amongst the Thorns, the Rose of Sharon, that is 
planted by the Lord, the Spouse of Jesus Christ in 
both Kingdoms to spred its Root, and cast its Smell, 
as green and flourishing to all the Nations round 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 9 


about. The Kingdom of God 1s Peace. The Lord is 
about a great work in Britain, why should Divisions 
that proceed from the lusts of men, and the enemies 
of the Lord retard the wheels of the Chariot of 
Christ? Let us not water the Lilly with blood again. 
The Sons of Babel have shed our blood in great 
abundance, for the which doth the Church of God in 
the three Kingdoms stand and Pray and Prophecy 
wm sackcloth. The violence done to me and to my 
flesh be upon Babylon, shall the inhabitant of Zion 
say: And my blood upon the Woman arrayed in 
Purple and Scarlet, the Mother of Harlots and 
Abominations of the Earth, shall Jerusalem say. 
Happy we, if we could see the second Temple builded, 
and the Lord repairing the old waste places, and the 
Gentiles beholding the Righteousnesse of the Elder 
Sister the Church of the Jews, and both as a Crown 
of Glory in the hand of the Lord, and as a Royal 
Diadem in the hand of our God.” ! 

Now it may be said that such writing is pictur- 
esque, that there is in it a warmth of colour and a 
depth of tone that impart to it a charm, or at least 
render it interesting. And no doubt one who has 
come to love Rutherfurd for the substance of his 
writings, and especially for the heavenly spirit that 
underlies the best of them, comes to think kindly 
of the peculiar and fantastic language in which his 
ideas are expressed. Admiration of the writer begets 


1 [The capitals and italics, spelling and punctuation of the above 
quotation are exactly reproduced from the original, published in 1646.] 


10 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


what seems almost admiration of his phraseology. 
And when we not only appreciate the thought, but 
also love the thinker, we are inclined to resent any 
suggestion that his conceptions might have been 
presented in a more adequate and a more becoming 
dress. But clearly this is prejudice—amiable, it may 
be, yet all the same, or rather all the more, prejudice. 

Looking calmly and dispassionately at the matter, 
such language as we have quoted is a serious draw- 
back in writings of any description, and especially 
in those that undertake to discuss and give a careful 
statement of doctrinal questions in which it is all 
important that clear distinctions should be made and 
accurate definitions should be given. 

And so we may say that this is one of the charac- 
teristics of our old Scottish theologians—this inter- 
larding of their pages with Scripture quotations and 
allusions, with passages and phrases of a pictorial 
and poetical and metaphysical character—which is 
calculated to repel even earnest-minded and patient 
students of theology. It was, no doubt, a vice of the 
age. We find it in the English Puritan divines, and 
also in many of the old Anglicans, not only in 
their sermons—where it might not be so much out 
of place—but also in their most elaborate theological 
treatises. We find it also to a considerable extent 
in the writings of the Reformed theologians of that 
period on the Continent. And this fault is largely 
the occasion of that unfortunate oblivion into which 
they all have fallen. 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 11 


But in addition to such faults of form and style 
which render these books unattractive, the whole 
method of their writers is to most moderns well-nigh 
intolerable. To call that method critical would be 
seriously misleading. In an age in which criticism 
is so highly esteemed, when commentaries on 
Scripture that are to have any chance of being 
looked at or referred to must at least be called 
critical, we feel that the term could not be suitably 
applied to our old Scottish writers. Their com- 
mentaries on Scriptural books are not critical in the 
sense of to-day. And yet all their works with which 
we are to deal in these lectures are critical in the 
sense of being directly and pertinaciously contro- 
versial. It is criticism of an extraordinarily minute 
and detailed description. Anyone who has had 
occasion to go through the old Scottish books that 
defend Presbyterianism will understand what I mean. 
Principal Forrester’s Answers to Honeyman, Scott, 
and Munro, and Gilbert Rule's Good Old Way 
Defended, go over the works which they controvert 
clause by clause, so that had these Erastian and 
Prelatical writings been lost they might be repro- 
duced in an almost complete form from the pages 
of the vindicators of Presbytery. 

But it is not only in works which are avowedly 
controversial, and which let it be known in their 
very titles that the positions and argumentations 
of particular writers are to be demolished that this 
method is pursued. It is more or less characteristic 


12 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


of all the theological literature of that age. There 
is a way of being intensely polemical without en- 
cumbering the text with the names of opponents 
and with quotations from their writings. I have in 
view_a notable example of this in Hofmann’s Com- 
mentary on Ephesians. The text contains nothing 
but the positive statement of Hofmann’s own views; 
but on page after page you have foot-notes, three 
or four—gegen Harless, gegen Riickert, gegen Meyer, 
gegen Olshausen, gegen De Wette, ete. If only it 
had occurred to our national theologians to do this, 
or if it had been possible for them do this, then 
to-day, I verily believe, for every one who reads 
them they would have had ten readers. But this 
was not possible. It would have been altogether con- 
trary to their peculiar genius simply to state their 
own view and merely indicate by a preposition in a 
note that this was antagonistic to the view of some 
opponent. For in their estimation this opponent's 
view was pestilential, and they must tell you so, and 
hold up the objectionable and detestable proposition 
before you till you see, not only it, but also all 
the possible enormities of an intellectual, moral and 
spiritual kind that lie behind and are involved in it. 
Now, it cannot be denied that this makes these books 
often weary reading and not very profitable. There is 
an immense expenditure of subtle reasoning, of elaborate 
and ingenious arguing. You admire the cleverness 
and pertinacity of the controversialist. But the 
pursuit of the enemy seems endless. No sooner is 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 13 


one objection disposed of than another, which to 
an ordinary reader has the appearance of being very 
much the same, is stated, characterised and confuted. 


These writers would have consulted the comfort of . 


their readers very much more if they had only taken 
the trouble beforehand to determine what were the 
main principles of their opponents’ positions and dealt 
with these on broad and comprehensive lines. 

To mention just one more defect which renders our 
sixteenth and seventeen century theologians unpopular 
with students of the present day, we find that their 
use of Scripture and their principles of Scripture 
interpretation are often such as we cannot accept. 
Mere analogies, more or less disputable, are boldly 
used as arguments; Old Testament characters and 
institutions are freely allegorised, the structure of the 
ark, the pins of the tabernacle, the garments of 
Aaron are spiritualised; and our authors deal with 
the record of these things just as if they had been 
discussing New Testament statements of evangelical 
doctrine. Origen and even Phile, as allegorists, are 
not a bit more extravagant. This persistent exercise 
of a false ingenuity in turning to spiritual uses the 
least spiritual parts of Scripture results from an 
erroneous conception of the authority of the Divine 
Word according to which these divines felt themselves 
obliged to treat with the same reverence all kinds of 
statements occurring in the Sacred books. In his 
Divine Right of Church Government and Excom- 
munication, Rutherfurd lays down the position that 


14 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


“there is nothing so small in either Doctrinals or 
Polocie, so as men may alter, omit, and leave off 
these smallest Positive things that God hath com- 
manded.” + But surely he commits himself to a quite 
needlessly extreme position when he says “I am; 
obliged to receive this as Scripture, that Paul left his 
cloak at Troas; no lesse than this, Christ came into 
the world to save sinners, in regard of Canonicall 
authority stamped upon both.”? But supposing it 
were discovered that Paul had made some mistake 
about the fortunes of that cloak. Supposing some 
clear evidence were forthcoming to show that he had 
left it in some other place, or that it had afterwards 
turned up in some corner of his luggage where it had 
been overlooked, surely no serious student of the New 
Testament would pass a sleepless night in consequence 
of that discovery. How different would the case be 
were it proved that he had no ground for his other 
statement as to Christ coming into the world to save 
sinners! To put the two statements on anything 
like the same level is sheer nonsense, if one may be 
excused speaking so irreverently of any utterance by 
such a man as Samuel Rutherfurd. What precisely 
the theory of inspiration is which underlies the state- 
ment appears from this, that in the immediate context 
the author condemns Cornelius a Lapide for admitting, 
as he does in his note on 2 Tim. ii. 16, degrees of 
inspiration as seen in the Law and the Prophets on 
the one hand, and in the Histories and moral ex- 


1 [Introduction, Sect. ii. p. 19.] 2 [Itid, Sect. iv. p. 64] 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 15 


hortations on the other, while he quotes with approval 
the note of Estius on that verse to the effect that 
“‘the Scriptures are given by divine inspiration, so as 
not only the sentences, but every word, and the order 
and disposition of words is of, or from God, as if he 
were speaking and writing himself.” 

In perfect keeping with this doctrine of the verbal 
inspiration of Scripture, stated in the most rigid and 
most uncompromising form conceivable, is the position 
maintained in the same treatise, without qualification 
or reserve, as a ruling canon of interpretation that for 
God not to command is to forbid.? This is explicitly 
stated in the discussion of the question, “ Whether or 
not Humane Ceremonies in God’s Worship can consist 
with the perfection of God’s Word?” Rutherfurd’s 
first argument is that every positive religious obser- 
vance and rite in divine worship not warranted by 
God’s word is unlawful. On this point there are 
some six pages of extremely smart and clever writing, 
but it must be confessed that a great deal of it is 
quite irrelevant. The Scottish disputant “for the 
perfection of the holy Scripture in point of Ceremonies 
and Church Government” quotes God’s words to 
Jeremiah with reference to the sacrifices on the high 
places of Tophet, “which I commanded not, neither 
came it into my heart,” as if they meant simply, I 
gave no commandment enjoining such human sacri- 


1 [Introduction, Sect. iv. p. 65.] 

2 [The Lord Commanded not this, Ergo, It is not Lawfull, Ibid., 
chap. i. p. 95.] 

3 (Jeremiah, chap. vii. 31.] 


16 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


fices. What he wants to make out is that the absence 
of a command is equivalent to a prohibition. But 
clearly the passages he quotes do not bear out his 
contention. There can be no question that those who 
were in favour of the ceremonies, such as Hooker, 
Morton, Burgess and Field, here scored a point against 
their antagonist. They were in this particular more 
correct in their exegesis when they interpreted “I 
commanded not” as meaning, | discommanded, or 
forbade ; such worship is in direct conflict with the 
spirit of my legislation. 

An extreme position like that assumed by Ruther- 
furd is not required by the exigencies of his argument. 
All that he needed to show was that certain of those 

_ ceremonies were regarded by him and by those who 
thought with him as involving the affirmation or 
approval of principles which are contradictory to the 
will of God as revealed in His Word. He does this, 
indeed, very abundantly throughout his writings. 
He shows that compliance with these ceremonies would 
mean for him idolatry, and that even those who 
vindicated their use and saw no idolatrous element in 
them admitted that they were not of divine authority. 
He was, therefore, quite entitled to maintain that it 
was inexpedient to demand uniformity in the obsery- 
ance of them, as though without them divine worship 
would not be complete. To such an argument there 

,is no answer. But Rutherfurd, and Gillespie, and 

ene of that school thought to make their position 
stronger by insisting that every act and observance 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 17 


jand ceremony of worship must have direct and ex- 
plicit scriptural sanction in the form of an express 
‘divine command. It must be perfectly evident now 
to every one how seriously such a position hampers a 
Church in its conduct of public worship. It leaves no 
room for modification of any kind, such as may be 
demanded by the peculiarities of national character, 
prevailing racial distinctions, and special aspects of 
thought distinguishing particular ages. If rigidly 
carried out it would require that every feature of the 
worship of the Apostolical Age should be copied with- 
out addition and without omission even of the simplest 
detail. Quite a number of practices current and un- 
questioned in the services of the most conservative 
and primitive of congregations and denominations 
would be abandoned under this rule, as prohibited 
because not expressly commanded. 

I have given this as a specimen of those extrava- 
gances which make the writings of our old divines 
unpalatable to modern readers. Hven where the 
conclusions reached may be such as to command our 
approval and assent, we are irritated by the employ- 
ment of arguments which involve more than the 
problem in hand requires, and imply assumptions that 
are utterly untenable. 

In saying all this, however, I do not mean seriously 
to find fault with the theologians of a bygone day, but 
simply to show what defects in their books create a 
prejudice against them and hinder modern students 


from giving them that thoughtful and painstaking 
B 


18 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


attention which they deserve, and which they would 
abundantly reward. 

Notwithstanding all these drawbacks, the Scottish 
theological literature of the seventeenth century and 
the first half of the eighteenth—from the period of the 
Second Reformation to that of the Secession Fathers 
—forms a contribution to theological science of first- 
rate importance, rich in its teaching with regard to 
questions that must interest and engage the attention 
of thinking men in all ages. There is a large amount 
of ignorance prevailing with reference to the matters 
which occupied the thoughts of our forefathers, and 
were the subjects of their apologies and attacks. 
Popular writers, and even others of whom better 
might have been expected, have given currency to the 
“most extraordinary stories about the discussions in 
which these men delighted, and the language in which 
they were accustomed to express their thoughts. Un- 
sympathetic historians of the period, or dilletanti 
reviewers and literateurs have often made allusion to 
the works in question in the flippant, superficial way 
in which Gibbon referred to the Nicene contro- 
versialists. Men like Mr Buckle, who entertained a 
fanatical hatred toward Christianity, are not only 
incapable of appreciating the character of Scottish 
theological thinkers, but have unfitted themselves by 
their prejudices from expressing any rational judg- 
ment on the matters which these men, by reason of 
the age in which they lived, were forced to face. 
There are not wanting, indeed, liberal and open- 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 19 


minded men, who, though their own religious views 
may be as far as possible opposed to those of our 
reforming and covenanting fathers, yet recognise in 
their doings and in their writings the achievements of 
heroic souls, and of highly-endowed, richly-cultured 
scholars. It seems, however, to be very generally 
believed that the theologians of Scotland were men 
of narrow and sectarian interests, that they had no 
vision for anything outside of the most rigidly drawn 
lines of a doctrinal system which they had received 
by tradition from their fathers, that they were, there- 
fore, devoid of all originality, that their books are full 
of wearisome reiteration of theological commonplaces, 
and that their commentaries on Scripture are simply 
pages torn from their dogmatics and set down under 
Seripture texts. If we were to take the word of cer- 
tain popular writers for it, we would assume that 
these men were ignorant fanatics, without culture, 
men who had never been outside their own parishes, 
provincial in language and in thought, whose preju- 
dices were inveterate, and who went through the form 
of an argument simply for appearance sake before 
setting down a conclusion transmitted to them, which 
no reasoning whatever would make them alter or 
modify. 

To those who have really read the writings thus 
sweepingly condemned, and not merely books that 
have been written about them, such descriptions must 
seem exceedingly strange. Minute questions are, no 
doubt, laboriously discussed ; but this is not done in 


20 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


the interests of these small points. The minutiz 
with which they deal are not dealt with as an end in 
themselves or for their own sakes. If a minute point 
is settled after a careful and searching investigation, 
it is in order that the conclusion may be laid up as a 
contribution toward the settlement of some wider and 
more comprehensive question. The subjects which 
they discussed in their works were generally themes 
of supreme importance to men as men. The great 
historical controversies in which they took so distin- 
guished a part turned upon matters of undying 
interest to the human race. As for the men them- 
selves, they did indeed, all of them, bear the impress 
of their age. If they had not they would be of little 
value, and their works would not only be forgotten, 
~ but would well deserve to be so. If Rutherfurd’s 
writings did not reflect the special religious condition 
of the middle of the seventeenth century, if those of 
Boston did not reveal the influence of the spiritual 
atmosphere of a period some two generations later, 
they would not belong to Scottish theology, they 
would only be isolated productions of individual 
thinkers. 

The writers to whom we here refer were in a 
peculiarly favourable position for dealing with those 
great doctrinal and ecclesiastical questions on which 
they thought so deeply and wrote so largely. They 
had a distinct advantage over the early Reformers and 
over the men of the Church of the Revolution. Two 
circumstances contributed to confer this advantage 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 21 


upon them—the period in which they lived, and the 
splendid scholarship which they had acquired. 

As for the times, it was a distinct advantage that 
these men lived in that particular age. Certain great 
doctrinal controversies and certain important ecclesias- 
tical developments had given prominence to particular 
theological problems, and had shed a bright light upon 
them. Circumstances nationa] and social had then 
brought the discussion of the nature and authority of 
the Church of God to the front. It had become an 
imperative duty on the part of all thinking and cap- 
able men that they should give their strength to the 
examination of the principles which underly the most 
serious questions of civil and sacred polity. They 
were under obligation from the very necessities of 
their time, to seek out and give forth the best answers 
possible to enquiries as to what the civil magistrate 
may, and what he may not, enjoin, in what he is to 
be obeyed, and in what obedience to him must be re- 
fused, what the doctrines are which the Church is to 
receive, and what those views and notions are which 
she must reject, what the authority is to which the 
Church must submit, and how that authority is to 
be expressed. Hence we have not only elaborate 
treatises on Church Government, but also systematic 
treatises on certain doctrines. The doctrines of Pro- 
vidence, Sin, the Person of Christ, the Atonement, 
the ever-recurring problem as to the border line of 
philosophy and theology, about Liberty and Neces- 
sity, the question of the extent of Redemption, and 


22, THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


such like truly and profoundly religious matters, were 
debated, sometimes scholastically, sometimes practi- 
cally, but always seriously, and with a solemn sense 
of their difficulty and of the responsibility that 
attached to their discussion. The Word of God, 
the sin of man, the work of Christ, conversion and 
regeneration, the means of grace, the hope of glory— 
these are the great themes on which our Scottish 
divines had something fresh to say, some original 
contribution to make. 

In their theological studies they had the benefit of 
the discussions which had been carried on among 
continental theologians in Holland and France, by 
Arminians and Socinians, and their orthodox op- 
ponents. Nor were these merely academic disputes 
on subjects devoid of practical value and general 
importance. They bore upon matters which con- 
cerned the living and burning questions of that day. 
The principal points in these controversies were still 
subjects of vital interest, calling for further investiga- 
tion in the elucidation of many minute but not 
unessential particulars. 

At this time also there had arisen, both in the 
countries of the Continental Reformation and in 
England, a serious practical trouble to the Church 
from the appearing of sectaries — Antinomians, 
Familists, Anabaptists of various types—whose 
fantastic theories, some of them morally pestilential, 
others of them unsettling and anarchical, had secured 
in certain districts a widespread currency, and had 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 23 


won, over a certain class of minds, a wonderful 
fascination. These had to be answered, and the 
answering of them gave an opportunity for dealing 
with many of the fundamental principles of Scripture 
interpretation and doctrinal construction, the disre- 
garding of which had given occasion to some of the 
most preposterous caricatures of Christianity which 
its worst enemy could have desired. And thus the 
age supplied these theologians with abundant materials 
in the form of heresies, both of a doctrinal and of 
an ethical kind, torefute which they buckled on their 
armour and fought with a will, and they persisted in the 
struggle until their opponents were not only overthrown 
but annihilated. Indeed their vigour in controversy 
was so great that sometimes, fearing lest those whom 
they had laid low might yet have breath left in them, 
they returned to the fray, and were guilty of the folly 
of performing works of supererogation by slaying over 
again those they had already slain. It was a con- 
troversial age, and it called forth a race of contro- 
versialists. Protestantism in Scotland was not yet a 
century old. Not more than one generation had 
passed away since the Presbyterian polity of the 
Church of Scotland had been formulated in the Second 
Book of Discipline. The history of Calvinism had not 
reached further than its third or fourth generation. 
The foes of Protestantism, Presbyterianism, and Cal- 
vinism had not yet given up hope of winning back 
the Church and the people of Scotland. Romanists 
and Prelatists, Socinians and Arminians were in the 


24 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


field. LHcclesiastically Scotland was in a state of siege. 
The circumstances of the age, therefore, favoured and 
required the minute study of all the salient points in 
the Church’s creed, and of the principles which lay 
at the root of the constitution of the Church itself. 
Church questions were pre-eminently the questions of 
the day. 

And in the providence of God there was a goodly 
number of men singularly well-qualified by intellectual 
endowment and scholarly attainments to enter the 
lists against all comers, and to fight on their own 
field the accredited champions of the opposing parties. 
It would lead us much too far from our proper subject 
were we to attempt to enumerate all the distinguished 
scholars who made the name of Scotland honourable 

in the most eminent seats of learning throughout the 
entire continent of Hurope. 

In Paris, Sedan and Saumur, in Leyden, Frankfort 
and Utrecht, and in many other famous universities, 
Scotsmen had long been occupying chairs of philo- 
sophy, classics and divinity, and making the seminaries 
in which they taught renowned. 

Of the older men we only name Alesius, Major, 
Boece, Buchanan, Melville. Of the later generation 
we mention only two, whose contributions to the 
doctrine of the Church bring their works within the 
scope of the present course of lectures—Robert Boyd 
of Trochrig, who was for seven years professor at 
Saumur, with a reputation in all the universities of 
France, and Samuel Rutherfurd, who on two occasions 


1TS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 25 


at least was invited to occupy chairs in the universities 
of Holland. But other Scottish theologians as well as 
these were known far and wide for profound scholarship, 
brilliant dialectic and warm evangelical piety—George 
Gillespie, James Durham, John Brown of Wamphray, 
Robert M‘Ward, and Thomas Boston. For an in- 
imitable description of these and most of the other 
great men of this period and of later periods in the 
Scottish Church, I refer once for all to Dr James 
Walker’s first Cunningham Lecture. Nowhere else 
shall we find so brilliant, so informing, so complete an 
account of our leading Scottish theologians and their 
works—a rapid sketch but by a master’s hand, by 
a conscientious student who had patiently and 
sympathetically read all the literature that he passed 
under review. 

All these men whom we have named and many of 
their fellow labourers were eminently qualified by 
natural ability and splendid scholarship for the task 
of expounding the principles of their ecclesiastical 
polity and of defending the crown rights of the 
Redeemer as Head and King of the Church. We 
cannot do more in what remains of this lecture than 
indicate the character and contents of the principal 
writings with which in the following discussion we 
shall mainly have to do. 

An interesting volume might be written on the 


1 [The Theology and Theologians of Scotland chiefly of the Seventeenth 
and Eighteenth Centuries. Being the Cunningham Lectures for 1870-71. 
By James Walker, D.D., Carnwath. Edin., T. & T. Clark, 1872.] 


26 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


literary life and scientific work in all the various 
departments of theology of Scottish divines during 
the period of that century and a half to which we - 
have referred. But we must limit our view to the 
writers and writings which deal with questions 
immediately affecting the doctrine of the Church. 

We may conveniently group by themselves three 
great men, Boyd, Cameron, and Baillie, who have 
several things in common. All three were born in 
Glasgow, all occupied the position of teachers in the 
University of Glasgow, and all of them wrote works 
of the utmost importance in connection with the 
subjects which will come before us in this course of 
lectures. 

The first of these works to which we refer is the 
~voluminous Commentary on the Epistle to the 
Ephesians by Robert Boyd. This great scholar was 
born in Glasgow in 1578. His father, who died 
when Robert was only three years old, was the pro- 
prietor of Trochrig and other Ayrshire estates. In 
accordance with the compromise in regard to Church 
government agreed upon at the Convention of Leith 
in 1572, he had been appointed first Protestant 
Archbishop of Glasgow. Though one of the Tulchan 
prelates, James Boyd was universally respected for his 
integrity and moderation, and was the only one of his 
order who ever enjoyed the honour of being chosen 
Moderator of the General Assembly. On the Arch- 
bishop’s death his widow withdrew to the ancestral 
estate, two miles from the town of Girvan, and in due 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 27 


time Robert and his elder brother were sent to the 
Grammar School at Ayr. It would seem that the 
Rector of this school influenced his pupil in favour of 
Presbyterianism, and young Boyd’s predilections in 
that direction were confirmed by the famous Principal 
Rollock, under whom he studied in the University of 
Edinburgh. After taking his Master's degree he 
passed through a course of divinity. When in 1599 
he went to France he was immediately recognised by 
the Protestant divimes of that country as a learned 
and pious theologian, and although only about twenty- 
one years of age he was appointed professor of philo- 
sophy at Montauban. After serving in this capacity 
for some five years he removed to a little country 
town as pastor of the Protestant congregation. In 
1606 he was elected professor of divinity at Saumur. 
Besides teaching in the University he ministered to 
the Reformed Church of France in that town. His 
command of the French language was perfect and 
his preaching in that tongue was greatly admired. 
Previous to this he had been carefully training him- 
self for his life work as a theologian. Sparing of 
sleep, testifies his biographer, Andrew Rivet, he 
devoted his nights to the study of divinity. The 
influence of Rollock was seen both in his popular 
expositions of Scripture to his congregation and in the 
direction of his private studies in theological science. 
King James VI., anxious to be recognised as the 
patron of scholars, kept an eye upon those Scotsmen 
whose learning had made them famous in foreign 


28 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


lands. He could not fail to hear of Robert Boyd, for 
France was ringing with his fame. He sent therefore 
in 1615 an urgent invitation to his countryman to 
return and assume the principalship of Glasgow 
University. His elder brother having died, Robert 
Boyd was now laird of Trochrig, and he had been 
strongly urged to return to Scotland in order to look 
after the family property. Much as he loved France, 
where he had been happy and useful, and contrary to 
the natural wish of his French wife that he should 
dwell among her own people, he yielded to the King’s 
importunity. 

It is interesting to notice that his cousin Zachary 
Boyd, the quaint sacred poet, some years younger 
than himself, was also distinguished as a scholar, and 


that a few years later he occupied a position as 


professor in the same college of Saumur, and came to 
Glasgow, during his cousin’s principalship, as minister 
of the Barony parish. Along with the office in the 
University went the position of minister of Govan. 
For six or seven years Robert Boyd laboured faith- 
fully in Glasgow as principal and parish minister. 
But his Calvinistic doctrine and Presbyterian polity, 
and especially his determined opposition to the Five 
Articles of Perth, roused against him the ill-will of the 
Prelatical party. Nor was the work required of him 
altogether to his mind. ‘The bairns” angered him. 
Many went to college at the age of twelve years— 
Boyd himself matriculated in Edinburgh at that age 
—and many were rude and boisterous. And so in 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 29 


1621 he resigned his office and retired to his country 
house. After a year and a half he was appointed by 
the Edinburgh authorities to the principalship of their 
University and to a city charge; but in a few months’ 
time, by the King’s imperious command, the Town 
Council, sorely against their will and only after being 
threatened with the severest penalties in case of refusal 
or delay, dispensed with the services of one whose 
preaching had filled the church and whose name would 
have shed fresh lustre on their seat of learning. 
Another short period of retirement was followed by 
his appointment to the Abbey Church of Paisley, but 
from this he was almost immediately driven by a 
Popish faction. He then withdrew finally to Trochrig. 
Falling sick and going for medical treatment he died 
in Edinburgh on the 5th of January 1627. 

First in Saumur and afterwards in Glasgow Boyd 
delivered to his students over two hundred Latin 
lectures on the Epistle to the Ephesians. He lectured 
twice a week, devoting an hour and a half to each 
lecture. These were published posthumously in 1652 
in a large folio volume, with two columns to the page, 
and 1236 pages in the book. Dr Walker calculates that 
there is more in the work than in the four quarto 
tomes of Turretine. For the information of those who 
are not students and may not know much about 
Turretine, I may best indicate its size by saying it 
contains about one and a quarter million words. Yet 
it is not verbose or spun out. The style is terse and 
condensed. The mistake consists in putting into the 


30 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


commentary so much material. The author wished to 
draw his theology from the fountain of Holy Scripture, 
and so he gave his system of theology in the form of an 
exposition of a particular New Testament book. If we 
accept the work as it was expressly intended by the 
author, as a register of his learning and teaching in theo- 
logy which he chose to put in this form rather than 
spread them over half a dozen volumes of doctrinal and 
historical contents, we may allow that we have by no 
means too much of it. On its ample title-page it is de- 
scribed as giving, in addition to an accurate analysis, 
and a copious and clear explication of the apostolic 
doctrine, and an apposite and practical statement of 
the doctrines, discussions dispersed here and there on 
the Loci Communes, questions and controversies, and 
also a large number of texts of Holy Scripture for 
proof or explanation. Quotations are made from two 
hundred and twenty-one authors. The author illus- 
trates his meaning and adorns his pages by references 
to all the great classical writers of Greece and Rome, 
poets, orators, philosophers, historians, and not only 
to these works commonly read but to many more 
which are known now even by their writers’ names to 
very few. He quotes largely from all the Christian 
Fathers, most frequently from Augustine, Chrysostom, 
Gregory Nazianzen. He uses freely the Schoha 
Graeca, is at home among the schoolmen from Aquinas 
to Biel, and quotes from Cardinal Bellarmine as 
often as from St Bernard. Of Scottish writers he 
makes use of Buchanan, Melville, Rollock, William 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 31 


Scott of Elie, and Josias Welch; and of English 
authors Bede, Perkins and Whittaker, while he refers 
to George Wishart, the martyr, under the designation 
of Georgius Sophocardius. In this great theological 
work we have an elaborate excursus of eighty pages on 
Predestination ; and as we might expect, very full and 
learned notes on the Head of the Church and its 
members, by way of exposition of the classical passage 
in the Ephesian Epistle which deals with these 
subjects. | Boyd’s lectures were not read from a 
manuscript, but were recited with perfect fluency, even 
Greek quotations, except the longer ones from Chry- 
sostom, being given without any reference to the 
printed or written page. 

And this great man, whose magnificent scholarship 
was everywhere recognised, in some wonderful way 
managed, in his short life of forty-nine years, to 
acquire and assimilate learning in almost every field 
in the wide domain of theology, though he was 
harassed and driven from place to place by those who 
ought to have been his patrons and his friends. 

The next book of which we wish to say something 
is one even less known to readers of the present day 
—if that be possible—than Boyd’s Commentary. 
Three large volumes in Latin, containing over thirteen 
hundred pages, present to us what remains of the 
Prelectiones of John Cameron, a vigorous thinker and 
a profound theologian, whose name has fallen into 
quite undeserved obscurity. He was born about 1579, 
studied in the University of his native city, Glasgow, 


32 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


and, having finished his arts course, went over to 
France, where he taught classics and philosophy. 
Having gone through his divinity curriculum in one 
of the French colleges he served the French Protestant 
Church for ten years as pastor at Bordeaux. In 1618 
he became a professor of theology at Saumur, and 
the singular greatness of the man is seen from the im- 
pression that he made on the minds and lives of such 
greatly gifted scholars as Amyraldus, Capellus, and 
Placzeus, who as teachers at the college at which they 
were trained made that seminary one of the most 
famous in Europe. They all warmly owned their 
obligations to Cameron and acknowledged that his 
teaching mainly made them the men they were after- 
wards found to be. He had taught a modified Calvinism, 
which his disciples developed and which is known now 
in theology under the name of Amyraldism.! He lived 
in troublous times and owing to certain commotions 
in France he returned to Scotland and was appointed 
Principal of Glasgow University in 1622, after Boyd 
had been driven to resign. Cameron did not find 
himself in congenial quarters in the city of his birth. 
He was out of sympathy with the leaders of the 
Scottish Church of that time, and so, after holding 
office for a year, he withdrew again to France. In 
consequence of his views in regard to submission to 
rulers and passive obedience he became obnoxious to 


1 [From Moses Amyraut or Amyraldus, d. 1664. See Bayle, Diction- 
naire, tome i. art. Amyraut. For statement of Amyraldism see Cunn- 
ingham’s Historical Theology, vol. ii. pp. 329, 364 ; Hodge’s Systematic 
Theology, vol. ii. pp. 205 f., 322.] 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 33 


the populace of Montauban, where he now taught, and 
as the result of injuries which he received from a 
violent mob, he died in 1625 in his forty-sixth 
year. 

The whole of the first volume of Cameron’s published 
lectures treat De Ecclesia, and we shall find much in 
it of first rate importance on the nature, visibility and 
power of the Church, on schism, and on scandal. In 
order to give an example of the literary style and 
gracious spirit of the man, it may be well just here to 
quote the closing sentence of a very rare treatise on 
the Romish controversy, written in French and trans- 
lated into English. ‘It sufficeth me that my con- 
science leaveth me witness that I have proceeded in 
it without vain glory, in all sincerity, as speaking 
rather before God than before men. This maketh me 
hope for His blessing upon my pains, so much the 
more as He is jealous of His truth, at the clearing of 
which I have wholly aimed. Therefore | humbly 
entreat Him by His Spirit to supply all my defects 
and, notwithstanding my infirmities, not to fail to 
accomplish His power by weak means, whether it be 
in confirming those whom He hath already called to 
the communion of His grace, or whether it be in 
awakening others out of their security, to the end 
that they may seek His truth, and in seeking it may 
find it, and in it everlasting life, through Jesus Christ 
our Lord, to whom with the Father and the Holy 
Spirit, be honour and glory eternally. Amen.! 


[2 Examination of Romish Church Doctrines, 1626.] 
Cc 


34 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


The third of the Glasgow worthies is Robert Baillie ; 
and his writings which will chiefly help us in our 
present investigation are: A Dissuasiwe from the 
Errors of the Time, in two parts directed mainly 
against the Independents and Sectaries ; An Historical 
Vindication of the Government of the Church of Scot- 
land, and A Review of Doctor Bramble | Bramhall] 
lis Farr Warning against the Scotish Discupline. 

Robert Baillie was born in the Saltmarket of 
Glasgow on the 30th of April 1602. His early 
education at school and college in Glasgow was con- 
ducted under the influence of Robert Blair, first 
schoolmaster, then regent of the University. Baillie 
graduated in 1620 and immediately thereafter pro- 
ceeded to study divinity under Robert Boyd. When 
the ponderous work on the Epistle to the Ephesians, 
of which we have already spoken, was published in 
1652, Baillie wrote an account of Boyd’s academic 
labours by way of preface to the volume. Although 
thirty years had then gone by since he sat in Boyd’s 
classroom he retained a lively recollection of the 
power and attractiveness of his professor's lectures. 
He tells how large numbers of learned men and 
zealous students flocked to hear the prelections of the 
master. 

Baillie was also a student under Cameron, the 
successor of Boyd in the principalship. For this 
great scholar and divine, though his residence in 
Glasgow was scarcely of one year’s duration, the 
young divinity student had a profound respect. 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 35 


Cameron’s ecclesiastical views exercised a powerful 
influence upon his pupil, whose own inclinations were 
very much in the same direction. During this period 
Baillie was decidedly in favour of a modified or 
limited Episcopacy. But while these were his views, 
he was not called during the time he was regent in 
Glasgow University from 1625 to 1631, nor during 
his subsequent residence in Kilwinning, as parish 
minister, to subscribe to any engagement or to practise 
any of the objectionable ceremonies. 

In 1643 Baillie was removed from his country 
charge to be Professor of Divinity in Glasgow Uni- 
versity ; but before the close of that year he was in 
London as one of the Scottish Commissioners to the 
Westminster Assembly. He did not actually enter 
upon his professional duties till after his return to 
Scotland in 1646. During his residence in London 
Baillie wrote and published his well-known Dissuasive 
from the Errors of the Time, in which he deals with 
the Brownists, the Independents of New England and 
Holland, as also the English Independents. In this 
work there are chapters of special interest to us in 
our present inquiry, chapters in which Baillie urges 
against the Independents that it is unjust scrupulosity 
to require satisfaction of the true grace of every church 
member. Shortly after the publication of the Dis- 
suasive Baillie turned his attention to a scurrilous 
and bitter tract by John Maxwell, formerly Bishop 
of Ross, in which that excommunicate of the Pres- 
bytery, who had been declared an incendiary by the 


36 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


Parliament, sought to show that the Presbyterian 
government is inconsistent with monarchy. 

Professor Grub describes Maxwell as the greatest 
Scottish prelate of the reign of Charles I., as a man 
of eminent ability, whose rectitude of conduct and 
dignity and consistency of character have never been 
sufficiently acknowledged. It does not seem that as 
a churchman or as a writer he deserves to be held 
in honourable remembrance. The two tracts which 
he is known to have issued are poor productions, dis- 
tinguished only by their violent language and reckless, 
unprincipled misstatements, and by the fact that one 
called forth Samuel Rutherfurd’s great work Lea Rew, 
and the other Baillie’s Historical Vindication of the 
Government of the Church of Scotland. Maxwell's 
pamphlet bears the long title, informing us of its 
scope and contents: Zhe Burden of Issachar, or the 
Tyranmcal Power and Practices of the Presbyterian 
Government in Scotland in their Parochial Session, 
Presbytery, Provincial Synod, and General Assembly. 
Baillie shows in detail how calumnious and false Max- 
well’s description of the practices of presbyterianism 
is, and particularly vindicates the memories of such 
men as Knox, Welsh, Melville, and Robert Bruce 
from the charge of rude treatment of their prince. 
Of special interest to us is the statement and historical 
proof that discipline had never been exercised in an 
inquisitorial and offensive fashion in the Scottish 
Presbyterian Church, and that the passing of a sent- 
ence of excommunication was an event that might 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 37 


not happen once in a whole generation. In 1649 
Dr Bramhall, Bishop of Londonderry, published in 
Holland an extremely violent pamphlet, maintaining 
the same contention as Maxwell’s pamphlet, entitled, 
A Faire Warning to take heed of the Scotish Dis- 
cypline, as being of all others most Injurious to the 
Cwil Magistrate, most Oppressive to the Subject, 
most Pernicious to both. The title indicates the 
contents and the spirit of the tract. The author 
concludes by suggesting that the General Assembly 
of the Church of Scotland has the attributes of Anti- 
christ as much as the Pope or the Turk. Its members 
sit in the temple of God and advance themselves above 
those whom Holy Scripture calls gods. In the same 
year Baillie issued A Review of the Warning, in which 
he undertook to refute fully and convincingly the pre- 
late’s “‘malicious and most lying reports” which 
have been “ to the great scandall of that [presbyterian] 
Government.” He shows the real disloyalty and 
seditious character of the episcopal warner, who seeks 
to secure the privileges and position of the prelates 
at the risk of the overthrow of prince and people. 
Chapter by chapter he follows the accusations of the 
pamphleteer, and shows him to be ignorant and guilty 
of such wilful exaggerations and misstatements as are 
nothing short of malicious lying. It is one of the 
cleverest of Baillie’s writings. To those who are in- 
clined to suppose that the presbyterian writers were 
vulgar and uncouth in style, and the prelatists refined, 
cultured and dignified I commend a comparison of 


38 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


these two moderately brief papers by Bramhall and 
Baillie. 

After the Restoration, Patrick Gillespie, the restless 
ambitious intriguer, who held office during the Com- 
monwealth period as Principal of Glasgow University, 
having been expelled, Robert Baillie, the quiet 
orderly peace-loving Resolutioner, was promoted to that — 
academic dignity. But though ready to make any per- 
sonal sacrifice in the interest of peace, Baillie was a man 
of strong convictions, and was in heart and life a 
thorough going presbyterian. So when one disaster 
after another fell upon the Church, and one difficulty 
after another in the management of the College pressed 
upon him, his bodily strength gave way, and he died 
in the autumn of 1662, before completing the second 
year of his principalship. 

Next in order we may refer to the works of two 
great men who were associated with Baillie as mem- 
bers of the Westminster Assembly—George Gillespie 
and Samuel Rutherfurd. The works of both these 
men are for our purpose of the utmost importance in 
their bearing upon almost every question connected 
with the doctrine of the Church. 

George Gillespie was born in the beginning of the 
year 1613, at Kirkcaldy, where his father was 
minister, and he was educated at the University of 
St Andrews. Before his ordination, which was 
delayed in consequence of the troubles of the time, he 
published his first work: A dispute against the 
English Popish Ceremonies obtruded on the Church of 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 39 


Scotland. This valuable treatise appeared in 1687, 
when the author was in his twenty-fourth year. In 
it he discusses, in a wonderfully calm and orderly 
manner, the necessity, the expediency, the lawfulness 
and the indifference of the ceremonies. This is, per- 
haps, the greatest, most compact, most comprehensive 
work extant on the prelatical controversy. In 1638 
Gillespie was ordained minister of Wemyss in Fife, 
and four years later he was translated to Edinburgh 
and became one of the city ministers. He accompanied 
Baillie, Henderson and Rutherfurd to London as a 
Commissioner to the Westminster Assembly in 1648, 
and although by many years younger than any of his 
fellow commissioners, he was able easily to take his 
place alongside of the best of them. During his 
residence in London, and as the outcome of his special 
studies in connection with controversies in the 
Assembly, he published his great anti-erastian treatise 
entitled, Aaron’s Rod Blossoming, a noble work, with 
a most absurd title, on Jewish Church Government, 
Christian Church Government, and Excommunication. 
It is distinctly the most complete and thorough con- 
futation in our language, perhaps in any language, of 
the Erastian theory. The distinction between civil 
and ecclesiastical government, and all conceivable 
questions as to excommunication and suspension from 
Church privileges are fully debated and discussed 
from Scripture, from Jewish and Christian antiquities, 
from the consent of later writers, from the idea of the 
true nature and rights of magistracy, and from the 


40 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


groundlessness of the chief objections made against 
the presbyterial government, as a domineering, 
arbitrary, unlimited power. It was published in 1646, 
in a large volume of nearly six hundred pages. We 
shall have occasion to use it largely in some of the 
following lectures. 

Besides Prelatists and Erastians, the Independents 
also occupied the attention of George Gillespie, and 
against them he defended presbyterianism in his 
Assertion of the Government of the Church of Scot- 
land. In this polemic, published in 1641, we have 
a singularly clear and methodical defence of the 
ruling eldership and of the authority of Presbyteries 
and Synods. The One Hundred and Eleven Pro- 
positions concerning the Minstry and Government 
of the Church give in short compass the main points 
in regard to Church polity which were subjects of 
controversy in that age. The twenty-two chapters of 
Miscellany Questions, issued as a posthumous work in 
1649 under the editorship of his brother Patrick, 
besides discussing some of the points in Aaron’s Rod, 
deal with several matters of permanent, practical 
importance. One other tract of this Westminster 
divine entitled Wholesome Severity reconciled with 
Christian Inberty we may have to consider when we 
come to deal with the views of Scottish theologians on 
liberty of conscience. 

The breadth of scholarship shown in these works is 
very remarkable. Besides the special literature of his 
subject, with which he was naturally familiar, we find 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 41 


that for purposes of occasional illustration, Gillespie 
had at his command the whole range of classical Greek 
and Latin literature, as well as that of the early 
Fathers, the medizeval writers, the Reformers, and 
later theologians. He quotes from Augustine, Hilary, 
Theophylact, Osiander, Davenant, and almost all the 
leading divines of all ages and of all schools. And be 
it remembered that all this theological literature was 
not read up for the occasion, but belonged in a legiti- 
mate way to the stores of his great learning. He died 
before he had completed his thirty-sixth year. Had 
it been given him, and had not the exigencies of the 
age bound him to one particular branch of doctrine, 
he was evidently well qualified to contribute to 
general theological literature, as an expositor, a sys- 
tematic theologian, and a historian. He was a man 
of peace, and no intriguer, like his brother Patrick, 
with whom he is sometimes confounded. Though 
almost everything he wrote was controversial, there is 
a commendable absence of bitterness from his writ- 
ings. Yet the unanswerable acuteness and soundness 
of his reasoning proved more irritating to his enemies 
than vulgar abuse would have been. And so Middle- 
ton’s drunken parliament, in the beginning of 1661, 
after Gillespie’s body had lain in its grave for twelve 
years, fetched his tombstone from the churchyard, 
and on a market day had it ‘‘ solemnly” broken with 
a hammer by the hands of the hangman at the cross 
of Kirkcaldy. 

Samuel Rutherfurd, although not the best writer, 


42 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


was probably the most versatile genius and the most 
subtle and adroit controversialist in the list of our 
Scottish theologians. He was born at Nisbet, in the 
parish of Crailing, in Roxburghshire, in 1600. After 
studying and teaching in the University of Hdin- 
burgh, he was ordained, in 1627, minister of Anwoth 
in Galloway. Banished to Aberdeen in 1636, he 
carried on a controversy about the ceremonies, with 
Dr Robert Barron, one of the Aberdeen doctors, and 
wrote many of these Spiritual Letters, by which 
alone he is now known to many. He was a member 
of the famous Glasgow Assembly of 1638. In the 
following year he was appointed professor and 
minister at St Andrews; and, in 1643, he was 
~ sent to London as one of the Scottish Commissioners 
‘to the Westminster Assembly. He was made Prin- 
cipal of the New College, St Andrews, in 1647; and 
after this he declined an invitation from Edinburgh 
University, and two calls to professorships in Dutch 
colleges at Harderwyck and Utrecht. He continued 
in St Andrews till his death in 1661. 

Unlike Gillespie, Rutherfurd has written on a great 
variety of subjects. In the department of practical 
and experimental religion, we have from his hand The 
Trial and Triumph of Faith, Christ Dying and 
Drawing Sinners to Himself, The Covenant of Life 
Opened, Influences of the Infe of Grace, and his 
Letters, everywhere spoken of, if not everywhere read. 
We have also able and profound works in scholastic 
and polemic theology, chiefly in the Arminian and 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 43 


Antinomian controversies — Exercitationes Apolo- 
geticae pro Divina Gratia, A Survey of the Spiritual 
Antichrist, Disputatio Scholastica de Divina Pro- 
videntia, Examen Arminianismi, this last being a 
summary of the lectures delivered on the subject to 
the students of St Andrews. 

But one work of Rutherfurd’s stands by itself—his 
Lex Rex: a Treatise of Civil Policy concerning Pre- 
rogative, published in London in 1644, during the 
author’s residence in the metropolis as a member of 
the Westminster Assembly. It is a contention for the 
just prerogatives of king and people. The immediate 
occasion of its preparation was the appearance of a 
pamphlet by John Maxwell, excommunicated bishop 
of Ross, entitled Sacro-sancta Regum Majestas, in 
which abject, unquestioning submission to kings was 
proclaimed, the divine right of kings was asserted in 
the most absolute way, and any protest or even 
suggestion of reform on the part of the people was 
pronounced not only rebellion but sacrilege. An 
insignificant tract was thus the occasion of the writing 
of a very great work, one of the world’s classics. In 
Lex Rex Rutherfurd discusses the question as to the 
source of human sovereignty, and shows that it is 
from the people, so that in cases of necessity the exer- 
cise of the power may be resumed by them. He shows 
that the monarch is not made such by the people 
absolutely, but conditionally, that the people and par- 
liament have superior power, so that the king is not 
above law, either divine or human. He comes to the 


44 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


conclusion that absolute monarchy is the worst of all 
forms of government, and that in matters unlawful, 
passive as well as active obedience must be refused to 
the commands of the ruling power. It cannot be said 
that in producing such a work as this the author was 
turning aside from the proper sphere of a theologian 
to that of a publicist or politician. All the questions 
discussed are fundamental, the answering of which 
was absolutely necessary in order that the attitude 
assumed by the Covenanters in opposition to the 
civil government might be vindicated. The treatise 
itself bears little trace of the circumstances which 
called it forth. It is written, upon the whole, in a 
calm and dignified, argumentative style, and in the 
body of the work the writer appears to lose sight of 
his immediate antagonist. In the preface, however, 
his contempt for the pamphleteer causes him to break 
forth in language that is certainly violent, and, even 
for the seventeenth century, somewhat abusive and 
coarse. ‘‘Any unclean spirit from hell could not 
speak a blacker lie.” ‘Buchanan and Mr Melvin 
were doctors of divinity, and could have taught such 
an ass as John Maxwell.” ‘This cursed prelate hath 
written of late a treatise against the presbyterial 
government of Scotland, in which there is a bundle of 
lies, hellish calumnies, and gross errors.” Probably 
there was something about Maxwell’s conduct and 
character peculiarly aggravating to those whose duty 
it was to criticise his writings, for Baillie, who was of 
a gentle disposition, and inclined to take a charitable 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 45 


view of men and their doings, applies to him epithets 
scarcely less strong than those of Rutherfurd. The 
provocation may have been great; but the language 
ought to have been less vehement. 

The writings of Rutherfurd which specially concern 
us in these lectures are those which deal directly with 
questions of church government and polity. In A 
Peaceable and Temperate Plea for Paul's Presbytery 
am Scotland, published in 1642, the ecclesiastic sets 
himself to prove, against Independents and Separa- 
tists, that the ‘presbyterian discipline is the true 
apostolic rule in the house of God, and that the 
government of the Church by presbyteries and synods 
has the sanction of Christ and His Apostles. 

In the Due Right of Presbyteries ; or, a Peaceable 
Plea for the Government of the Church of Scotland, 
published in London, 1644, he writes specially against 
John Robertson and the Independents of New Eng- 
land, in opposition to their theory of Congregational 
Independency. In the Divine Right of Church- 
government and Hxcommunication, to which is 
added A brief tractate on Scandal, published two) 
years later, Rutherfurd enters into discussion with 
Erastus regarding the nature of excommunication and 
the power of the Church to administer it. He then 
enters the lists with Hooker, Morton, Forbes, and \ 
others, in regard to the use of ceremonies, and especi- | 
ally the Service Book. This treatise is specially valu- / 
able for its treatment of the relation of the civil | 
magistrate to the Church, and the respective limits of 


46 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


the civil and ecclesiastical powers. Finally, in A Free 
Disputation against pretended Liberty of Conscience, 
which issued from the London press in 1649, our 
author criticises the position of John Goodwin, 
Jeremy Taylor, and others, maintaining in opposition 
to them that errors in non-fundamentals obstinately 
held are punishable, and that only “some far-off 
errors may be tolerated.” 1 

In all these writings Rutherfurd displays an amaz- 
ing amount and variety of reading. He is equally at 
home among the early Church Fathers, the medizval 
Schoolmen, the Reformers of Germany, France, and 
England, the Romish Doctors, the great Anglican 
Divines. Arguments elaborated in great Latin folios 
_ are often referred to in a single line, while the exact 
reference is given in the margin. Aquinas, Cajetan, 
Bellarmine, Vasquez, Joannes de Lugo—these are 
samples of the authorities of whose works he writes 
with the easy familiarity of thorough and long ac- 
quaintance. His quotations and references are 
evidently made at first hand, and none are bor- 


1 [ “So it would appeare, that some lower errours, that are farre off, 
without the compasse of the ordinary discerning of man, and lye at a 
distance from the foundation (as fundamentals, and Gospell-promises 
lye neare the heart of Christ) may bee dispensed with.” Chap. vii. 
p. 97. What in Rutherfurd’s estimate came under the description of 
“far off errors” can be gathered from the subsequent mention of such 
questions as these: ‘“‘What became of the meate that Christ eate after 
his resurrection when he was now in the state of immortality ?” 
‘Whether the heavens and earth, after the day of judgement, shall be 
annihillated ...or if they shal be renewed and delivered from 
vanity and indued with new qualities?” . . . “The virginity of Mary 
for all her life.”] 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 47 


rowed from earlier controversialists. His learning 
was also quite up to date. He shows familiar 
acquaintance with the writings of contemporaries, 
like Salmasius, Forbes of Corse, Richard Hooker of 
that time and class, which makes it evident that 
his scholarship was not merely antiquarian. As we 
proceed, we shall find something in one or other of 
these works of Rutherfurd useful to us under each 
of the divisions of the subject which will occupy 
us in these lectures. 

[ We bring this introductory lecture to a close with 
brief notices of other three Scottish contributors to 
the theology of our period and our subject. | 

(1) James Durham was born in the parish of 
Monifieth in 1622, and, after studying divinity under 
David Dickson in Glasgow, he was licensed to preach 
the gospel in 1646. In the following year he was 
ordained minister of a charge in Glasgow. After- 
wards he was appointed chaplain to the king, and in 
1651 he returned to Glasgow as minister of the 
Inner Kirk in the Cathedral. Like Gillespie, he 
died early, in his thirty-sixth year. 

His sermons on The Unsearchable Riches of Christ ; 
on Christ Crucified: or, the Marrow of the Gospel; 
his Practical Exposition of the Ten Commandments, 
as well as his Exposition of the Song of Solomon, 
and of The Book of Job are still read; and to a yet 
narrower circle of readers he is known by his large 
Commentarte on the Book of Revelation. He is 
understood to have assisted David Dickson in draw- 


48 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


ing up the admirable little treatise entitled, The Sum 
of Saving Knowledge—‘ the work,” says M‘Cheyne, 
“which I think first of all wrought a saving change in 
me.” The work, however, which is of special interest 
to us at present is one published in 1659, the year after 
his death, by his father-in-law John Carstares, who was 
also his colleague. It is introduced with a preface 
written by the famous Robert Blair of St Andrews. 
This work is entitled, The Dying Man's Testament to 
the Church of Scotland; or, A Treatise concerning 
Scandal. Taken all in all it is the very best book 
we have on the subject. It is divided into four parts. 
1. Concerning Scandal in the general. 2. Concern- 
ing Public Scandal, or Scandals as they are the 
object of Church-censures, and more particularly 
as they are in practice. 3. Concerning Doctrinal 
Scandals, or Scandalous Errors. 4. Concerning Scan- 
dalous Divisions. The fourth section is particularly 
important, and will receive careful consideration when 
we come to treat of the views of the theologians of 
Scotland regarding the Unity of the Church and the 
sin of schism. In it Durham shows himself, as he 
was preeminently in his life, a great peacemaker. 

(2) John Brown, whose mother, a godly and 
talented woman, was one of Rutherfurd’s corre- 
spondents, after being minister at Wamphray in 
Dumfriesshire for some time, was banished the king- 
dom and went to Holland in the beginning of 1663. 
He remained there till his death in 1679, having 
been for several years minister of the Scots Church 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 49 


at Rotterdam. He wrote many admirable theological 
works, some of which, as for example, Christ the Way 
and the Truth and the Infe, his Commentary on 
Romans, The Infe of Justification Opened, still find 
‘appreciative readers. His most elaborate work is 
De Causa Det Contra Anti-Sabbatarios, a huge 
work which would fill at least five goodly octavo 
volumes, full of interesting and important matter, 
especially regarding fundamental questions about the 
sanctions of law and the law of God. He also wrote 
a reply in Latin to a Socinian Rationalist, Wolzogius, 
on the interpretation of Scripture, and he left a large 
manuscript history—Apologia pro Ecclesia. But 
his best known work is his Apologetical Narrative 
of the particular sufferings of the faithful Ministers 
and Professors of the Church of Scotland since 
August 1660, which was published in 1665. This 
treatise is written with great clearness and vigour. 
It will prove in many ways serviceable to us in 
our present study. The other work of Brown which 
deals with the doctrine of the Church is a duodecimo 
of 716 pages, in Latin, published at Amsterdam in 
1670, and bound up in one volume with the reply 
to Wolzogius. It was written in reply to a Dutch 
work by the physician Lambert Velthuysen, entitled 
Idolatry and Superstition, and vindicates in thirty- 
two propositions or “assertions” the orthodox theory 
of the nature of the Church against the exceptions 
of the Erastian. This is perhaps the very best book 


written by any of our Scottish divines on the 
D 


50 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


ministry, church government and ecclesiastical dis- 
cipline. It embraces in one treatise a full review of 
all the topics discussed separately in many volumes 
by Gillespie and Rutherfurd. We shall have occasion 
to use it freely, especially the full and able preface in 
which the author discusses in thirty-two short para- 
graphs what may and what may not justify separation 
from a corrupt and faulty Church. In common with 
all the best Scottish theologians, Brown of Wamphray 
had a great horror of ecclesiastical divisions. 

(3) Robert M‘Ward? studied under Rutherfurd 
at St Andrews, and was afterwards Professor of 
Humanity there. He became minister of the Outer 
High Church in Glasgow. He was banished about 
the same time as John Brown, whose colleague he 
~ became in the Scots Church at Rotterdam. He 
survived Brown, and died at Rotterdam in 1682.? 
He was the first editor of the Letters of Samuel 
Rutherfurd, his edition being printed at Rotterdam 
in 1664. The only work of his which concerns us 
here is Zhe True Non-Conformist, published in 
1671, probably at Amsterdam, although the troubles 
of the times made it necessary to issue it without 
note of place, or name of author and printer. It is 
a reply to a small tract of some hundred pages— 
“a trifling babble,” as M‘Ward fairly enough calls it 


1 [In Wodrow’s Analecta the spelling of the name is Macwaird ; 
Baillie, in his Letters, has M‘Quard, Makquard, Macquare, M‘Quare, 
and Mackward.] 

2[“ or 1683.” Wodrow’s Analecta, vol. i. p. 170; “ December 1681,” 
David Laing, Batllie’s Letters, vol. ii. p. 241 n.] 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 51 


—published in 1669 in six dialogues, by A Lover of 
Peace. It is now known that the author of the tract 
was Gilbert Burnet, who, in that same year was 
made Professor of Divinity in Glasgow University. 
The title of Burnet’s brochure is, 4 Modest and Free 
Conference betwixt a Conformist and a Non-Con- 
formist about the present Distempers in Scotland. 
M‘Ward’s reply is executed with great care and 
moderation, and is particularly clear and exact in 
vindicating the Covenanters from the charge of 
separating from the Church on account of minor 
differences. 

All those to whom in these sketches we have re- 
ferred belonged to the seventeenth century, and for 
the most part to the middle rather than the end of 
that period. The Church of the Revolution produced 
no great theologian. In the generation following 
that of Carstares a new school of theologians sprang 
up in connection with what is known as the Marrow 
Controversy. This discussion did not bear upon the 
doctrine of the Church, but almost exclusively on 
the doctrines of grace and redemption. Of these 
eighteenth century divines only Thomas Boston 
is of interest and importance to us, and even he, 
voluminous writer as he was, calls for our attention 
simply as the author of a short treatise on the subject 
of baptism. In his Sixth Miscellany Question he 
considers: Who have a right to Baptism and are 
to be baptized? These discussions were written 
by Boston in his younger days, while minister of 


52 THE SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


Simprin, and therefore some time before 1707. 
When we come to discuss the doctrine of the nature 
of the Church we shall see that Boston, in accordance 
with the. general principles of his school, gives a 
much narrower definition of the visible Church and 
its membership than that of Rutherfurd and his 
contemporaries. 

In these brief notices of the works of our Scottish 
theologians which more directly deal with the question 
of the constitution and government of the Church of 
Christ I have sought to indicate the character of that 
investigation which is to be carried out in these 
lectures. Keeping these and similar writings in view, 
I propose in next lecture to treat of the idea of the 
Church, what it properly is, what is implied in the 


~ distinction between the Church as visible and as 


invisible, and what, in view of this distinction and 
of the right conception of the Church, membership 
means and necessarily implies. In the third lecture 
I propose to treat of the Unity of the Church, showing 
what importance our national divines attached to 
this doctrine, how vehemently they opposed all 
separation, and how sensitive they were to the charge 
of being schismatical. In the fourth lecture I shall 
deal with the question of the Purity of the Church, 
considering discipline and the infliction of censures 
as at once the duty and privilege of the Church, and 
discussing the range to which this Discipline extends, 
what true liberty of conscience is, and how far the 
claims of Toleration were understood and allowed. 


ITS LITERATURE AND DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS 53 


In the fifth lecture the subject will be Church Power, 
what Jurisdiction the Church can and must claim, 
what the limits of the civil and the ecclesiastical 
kingdoms are, what the State ought to do for the 
Church and what she must leave the Church free to 
do for herself. The sixth and closing will discuss the 
question : What, according to Scottish theology is of 
Divine Right? It will be shown in what sense our 
divines deserve to be called High Churchmen. 


LECTURE II. 
THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND MEMBERSHIP IN IT. 


THE circumstances of the Scottish Protestant Pres- 
byterian Church for more than a hundred years— 
from the Reformation to the Revolution—made, not 
only her ministers and theologians, but also all her 
more thoughtful and attached members study minutely 
and carefully the question of the prerogatives of the 
Church and the Crown rights of Christ the Mediator, 
her supreme and divine Head. During that whole 
period the liberty of the Church was threatened by 
statesmen and by Churchmen, by the selfish greed 
of the nobles and by the restless ambition of ecclesias- 
tics, so that the rights of the members and the supreme 
claim of the Head of the Church had to be jealously 
guarded and valorously defended by those to whom 
the honour of Christ was dear, and who prized that 
liberty wherewith He has made His people free. In 
view of the opposition to which on every side they 
were exposed, the defenders of the true Scripture 
doctrine of the Church were obliged to begin with 
the most rudimentary principles by vindicating the 
real existence of the Church as an institution separate 
from all other institutions, and of a kind different 


from all others. They were required first to prove 
54 j 


IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND MEMBERSHIP IN IT 55 


that there is such a thing as a Church, and then to 
show what are its essential characteristics and its 
true constituents. They had thus to defend their 
idea of the Church, and to determine who, in view 
of this, were members of it. 

Our earlier:Scottish divines were, first of all, face to 
face with the doctrine of the Church maintained by 
Romish theologians, not as a mere matter of literary 
controversy, but as one of present living interest, on 
the issue of which their very existence as a reformed 
community depended. Their position was not like 
that of a modern Protestant theologian dealing with 
the doctrines of the Council of Trent in a purely 
historical and objective manner. On the contrary, 
they were dealing with a question which the con- 
stituencies whom they addressed were required to 
answer. What side the Scottish people would take 
in the religious conflicts of their times would 
largely depend upon the idea of the Church they 
would feel themselves obliged to adopt. | Whether 
they were to decide in favour of Rome or in favour 
of the Reformation would be determined by the 
answer they gave to the question about the nature 
and membership of the Church. Knox, Melville, 
and all the leaders of the Scottish Reformation, 
Boyd, Rutherfurd, and all the great teachers who 
trained men for the ministry of the Scottish Church, 
in view of the notions that had previously been 
current throughout the whole land and were being 
ever revived by the active propagandists of the old 


56 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


faith, found it necessary constantly to reiterate and 
elaborately to state the proof for the truth of the 
Protestant doctrine of the Church and who belong 
to it. 

The leading points of difference between the re- 
formed and Romish doctrine of the Church are clearly 
set forth in the sixteenth chapter of The Scots Con- 
Jession of Faith, which was mainly the work of Knox. 
As all subsequent discussions on this subject in the 
writings of our Scottish divines proceed upon the lines 
indicated in this authoritative pronouncement of the 
Scottish Protestant Church of 1560, it may be desir- 
able to quote it hereat length. It runs as follows : “ As 
we believe in one God, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, 
_ so do we most constantly believe that from the be- 
ginning there hath been, now is, and to the end of 
the world shall be one Kirk; that is to say, one 
company and multitude of men chosen of God, who 
rightly worship and embrace him by true faith in 
Christ Jesus, who is the only Head of the same Kirk, 
which also is the body and spouse of Christ Jesus ; 
which Kirk is Catholic, that is, universal, because it 
containeth the elect of all ages, of all realms, nations 
and tongues, be they of the Jews, or be they of the 
Gentiles, who have communion and society with God 
the Father, and with His Son Christ Jesus, through 
the sanctification of His Holy Spirit ; and, therefore, 
it is called the communion, not of profane persons, 
but of saints, who, as citizens of the heavenly Jeru- 
salem, have the fruition of the most inestimable 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 57 


benefits, to wit, of one God, one Lord Jesus, one faith, 
and one baptism; out of the which Kirk there is 
neither life nor eternal felicity. And therefore we 
utterly abhor the blasphemy of those that affirm 
that men which live according to equity and justice 
shall be saved, what religion soever they have pro- 
fessed. For as without Christ Jesus there is neither 
life nor salvation, so shall there none be participant 
thereof, but such as the Father hath given unto His 
Son Christ Jesus, and those that in time come to Him, 
avow His doctrine, and believe in Him (we comprehend 
the children with the faithful parents). This Kirk is 
invisible, known only to God, Who alone knoweth 
whom He hath chosen, and comprehendeth as well 
the elect that be departed (commonly called the Kirk 
triumphant), as those that yet live and fight against 
sin and Satan, and those that shall live hereafter.” 
Again, in the eighteenth chapter, the notes by which 
the true Kirk may be distinguished from the false are 
declared to be these three: The true preaching of 
the word of God; the right administration of the 
Sacraments of Christ Jesus; and ecclesiastical dis- 
cipline uprightly ministered. ‘“ Wheresoever,” it is 
added, “these notes are seen, and of any time con- 
tinue (be the number never so few, about two or 
three), there, without all doubt, is the true Church 
of Christ, who, according to his promise, is in the 
midst of them, not that universal, but particular, such 
as was in Corinth, Galatia, Ephesus and other places. 
And such Kirks we, the inhabitants of the realm of 


58 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


Scotland, professors of Christ Jesus, assert ourselves 
to have in our cities, towns, and places reformed.” ? 
This is that doctrine of the Church which is con- 
sistently set forth by our Scottish divines in opposition 
especially to the doctrine of Rome. In all their 
writings I have nowhere found this doctrine more 
clearly stated than in the polemic against the Romish 
theory by Boyd in his exposition of the closing section 
of the first chapter of Ephesians. He there deals 
directly with Bellarmine’s statement of the Romish 
position. In the second volume of his great work, 
Disputationes de controversus Christianae fide, 
published scarcely twenty years before Boyd's 
lectures were written, this distinguished defender 
of his Church’s faith discusses the subject of the 
Church. Boyd takes up his statement and exposition 
of this doctrine and criticises it vigorously in light of 
the Scripture which he is expounding. Bellarmine 
thus indicates the difference between the Romish and 
the Reformed doctrine: “They (7.e. Protestants) to 
constitute anyone a member of the Church, require 
internal graces, and so make the true Church in- 
visible ; we, on the contrary, believe indeed that all 
graces, faith, hope, love, etc., are to be found in the 
Church, but we do not think that it is required, in 
order that anyone, in any way, may be called a 
member of the true Church, that he have any internal 


1 [Laing’s Knoz, vol. ii. pp. 108-109, 110-111. Dunlop’s Collection of 
Confessions of Faith, vol. ii. pp. 59-62, 65-72.] 

2 [In Epistolam Pauli Apostoli ad Ephesios Prelectiones supra CC. 
1652.] 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 59 


grace, but only an external profession of faith and the 
partaking of the sacraments, which is perceived by 
the senses.”! In the same chapter Bellarmine, 
borrowing from Augustine, describes the Church as 
a living organism, made up of soul and body, the 
soul being the inward graces of the Spirit, the body 
an outward profession of faith and partaking of the 
sacraments. And he distinguishes three classes of 
members of the Church: (1) Those who are of the 
soul and of the body, members in the fullest sense ; 
(2) those who are of the soul but not of the body, 
excommunicates and catechumens; (3) those who are 
of the body but not of the soul, who have only 
a profession without any real faith. These last 
may be hypocrites, heretics, even atheists, if only 
they are such secretly, not openly and by pro- 
fession, and still they are true members of the Church, 
and in number, strength and influence may be pre- 
ponderating. The faithless who feign faith are true 
members, though arid and dead. According to this 
theory of Bellarmine and the Romish Church there is 
no Church but the visible Church, the members of 
which profess the Catholic faith, receive the sacra- 
ments, and recognise the authority of the Pope. It 
is a cetus hominum as visible and palpable as the 
cetus Populus Romanus, or the Kingdom of France, 
or the Republic of Venice. The Church is an out- 
ward institution in which men are made holy, and of 
which good and bad alike are members. 


1 Book iii. De Ecclesia militante, chap. 2. 


60 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


Boyd ridicules the idea of such a body as is repre- 
sented by Bellarmine. Whoever dreamed, he asks, of 
an animated body of this kind, of which some of the 
members are of the soul and not of the body, and 
others of the body and not of the soul, while some 
have life but are without motion! Such a body 
must be mutilated, or monstrous, or paralysed, or 
apoplectic, some sort of animal preternatural or un- 
natural. He shows admirably how impossible it is to 
understand the Apostle in Ephesians first chapter and 
twenty-third verse, as if Christ’s fulness could be in 
dead members who perform none of the functions 
of the living body. He illustrates his pomt from 
Aristotle, who says that an eye deprived of the 
power of seeing is not properly an eye any more than 
a stone eye or a painted one.! 

The real cause of the difference between the Romish 
and the Protestant ideas of the Church is, as Boyd 
perceives, the different ideas of faith entertained by 
Romanists and the Reformers. The Romish idea of 
faith as essentially a mere intellectual assent allowed the 
Romanist to distinguish fides informis—a mere know- 
ledge of and acquiescence in the authorised Church 
teaching, and fides formata—a knowledge of the 
truth powerfully affecting the heart and life. The 
Protestant doctrine of faith admits no such distinction, 
and refuses to call anything faith which worketh not 
by love. Consequently the Protestant theologian 
cannot recognise mere assent to Church doctrine, 


1 De Anima, ii. 1. 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 61 


without reference to walk and conversation, as 
Christian faith, or as qualifying him who has that 
and nothing more to be a member of the true Church. 

Here we have evidently two different views of the 
Church diametrically opposed to each other, the one 
defining the Church as an institute of salvation into 
which men are gathered that they may have the 
Gospel preached to them and the sacraments ad- 
ministered, that by the use of these, as means of 
grace, they may be saved, and the other defining the 
Church as a company of elect believers, chosen unto 
life, and all of them exercising faith in Christ to the 
saving of their souls. To the Church, as understood 
by the former, all belong who attach themselves to it 
by outward profession ; to the Church, in the judg- 
ment of the latter, only those belong who truly 
believe in Christ. 

The extreme opponents of Romish externalism, 
the polemical Congregationalists and Independents 
of New England, as well as the Separatists generally, 
refused to recognise any Church but that made up of 
true believers, who on seeking admission to its member- 
ship, not only profess their acceptance of the true 
faith, but give a personal testimony as to the saving 
work of the Spirit in their hearts, and are received 
into the communion of the Church as converted 
persons. 

From the way in which Boyd contests the position 
of Bellarmine, it might seem as if he and his school 
had adopted this doctrine of a pure Church of true 


62 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


believers. In the sense of the Independents, they 
were very far from doing so. In his Peaceable and 
Temperate Plea for Paul's Presbyterie in Scotland, 
Rutherfurd (as indeed all the other writers to whom 
we have referred do more or less directly) opposes the 
Independents and Separatists, not only in regard to 
their notion of congregational independency, but also 
in the matter of their description of a true Church 
and membership therein. The Separatists maintained 
that the rightly constituted Church must consist of 
the Lord’s planting, of a redeemed people, that the 
true visible Church is a company of people called and 
separated from the world by the word of God, and 
joined together in a voluntary profession of faith, that 
if on trial one be found graceless and scandalous he is 
~ not presented as a candidate. The position main- 
tained is that none can be members of the visible 
Church but such as be regenerate, so far as the 
Church can discern.! 

Now we may say at once that Rutherfurd and 
Scottish protestant theologians generally sympathise 
with the Independents and Separatists against the 
Romanists to this extent, that they recognise as true 
members of the Church only genuine believers; but 
then this Church, of which only the faithful are mem- 
bers, is not with them the visible but the invisible 
Church, the members of which are known only to 


1 [Rutherfurd, A Peaceable and Temperate Plea for Paul’s Presbyterte tn 
Scotland: Lond., 1642, pp. 92 et seg. Comp. The Due Right of Presby- 
tertes : Lond., 1644, pp. 241 et seq.] 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 63 


God. The Romanists and the Separatists were agreed 
in recognising only the visible Church, which, accord- 
ing to the Romanists, is made up of all adherents of 
the visible society subject to the Pope, whether in 
character and life, good or bad, but which, according 
to the Separatists, is made up only of true believers or 
regenerate persons. 

Our Scottish divines, in opposition to both Roman- 
ists and Independents, bring in the distinction of the 
visible and invisible Church. The criticism which 
they passed upon both the contrary theses which they 
rejected was that they ascribed to the visible Church 
attributes that were properly applicable only to the 
invisible ; that they assigned to an object of sense 
characters that belonged, primarily at least, to an 
object of faith ; that they identified or confused the 
Church de facto with the Church de jure. In 
answer to the assertion of those who define the visible 
Church as a company of true believers, Rutherfurd 
maintains that, while they should reject candidates 
that are scandalous, they cannot proceed in the same 
way with one held to be graceless, except in so far as 
his gracelessness has become matter of scandal. He 
points out that nothing of this kind was done in the 
receiving of the three thousand added to the Church 
on the day of Pentecost. Freedom from scandal is 
a visible thing, and is required in a visible Church 
member, but grace is invisible, and can be no note of 
a member of a visible Church, but only of a member 
of the invisible Church. It was not required by the 


64 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


Apostles in the case of Simon Magus. In marking 
the distinction between the visible and the invisible 
Church, Rutherfurd points out that there are some 
saints by external vocation who are not chosen, some 
saints by internal and effectual vocation, called and 
chosen of God. Any who blamelessly profess Christ 
are ecclesiastically, 7 foro ecclesie@, true and valid 
members of the Church visible, but unless they be 
sincere believers they are not, morally and in foro 
Det, living members of the invisible Church. Hence 
the privileges of Christians, the covenant promises, 
the titles of spouse, bride, temple of the Holy Ghost, 
etc., belong to the members of the invisible Church, 
and not, as the Papists wrongly suppose, to members 
of the Church visible as such. A seen profession is 
the ground of admission to membership in the visible 
Church. Those who have such a profession are ad- 
mitted as true members in the judgment of charity. 
A mere negative satisfaction, indeed, in the sense of 
not knowing anything to the contrary of persons of 
whom nothing is known either by sight or by report, 
is not enough ; but, on the other hand, a positive 
satisfaction by assured signs of regeneration cannot be 
demanded. It is enough if, of one whose behaviour 
and general walk are known, we know nothing incon- 
sistent with his profession. And so Rutherfurd 
distinguishes three classes of men: (1) Some pro- 
fessedly and notoriously flagitious and wicked, who, 
without lack of charity, may be excluded; (2) some 
professedly sanctified and holy, who as such may 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 65 


be accepted and welcomed to the visible Church; 
(3) some between these two, of whom we cannot with 
any certainty or satisfaction to the conscience say that 
they are genuine believers, nor yet affirm that they 
are still in a state of nature. To reject a weak one 
and so break a bruised reed is no less a sin than, by 
laxity or an undue stretch of charity, to receive a 
hypocrite. To refuse such a one is materially the 
same as to excommunicate him. 

From the position which he thus takes up, Ruther- 
furd was able to answer the Separatists as the 
Romanists could not do. Those who insist that the 
visible Church consists only of regenerate persons | 
urge the consideration that as Christ is the Head of) 
the Church those who are members of it are mem- 
bers of Christ’s body. Against this Rutherfurd| 
maintains that Christ is not Head of the Church 
as it is visible, but only of those members in| 
that Church who are members of the Church in-| 
visible. That Christ is Head of the Church as visible | 
he does not find anywhere in the Word of God. Only | 
in a large sense can He be called Head of the visible} 
Church as such, in respect of the influence of the 
common graces for the ministry, government, and| 
discipline. And so he discovers in the theory that. 
Christ is Head of the Church as it is visible the| 
Arminian doctrine of universal grace. In like manner 
he answers the argument that as God added to the 
Church such as should be saved,! so also the Lord’s 


1/ Acts ii. 47: And the Lord added to them day by day those that were 
being saved. R.V.] 
E 


66 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


stewards should continue to do so in His house, by 
saying that God added those saved ones to the in- 
visible Church. God’s adding is by an internal 
operation, by the giving of faith and saving grace ; 
but this cannot be a rule for our admitting to the 
visible Church. Just because we cannot see God going 
before in the bestowing of invisible grace, the ministers 
of the Church cannot here follow by adding such 
only and all such to the Church. 

Rutherfurd having got hold of the position that 
an invisible grace cannot be of the essence of a visible 
association, presses the principle relentlessly to its 
strictly logical conclusion. The Independents had 
said that there might be a fully organised, local, 
visible Church consisting of seven members. Ruther- 
furd says that in such a congregation or visible 
Church the whole seven may be hypocrites and un- 
converted persons, and yet in it we have a visible 
Church performing all church acts of a visible profes- 
sion. A community professing the faith in which the 
word is preached, the sacraments are administered, 
and discipline is exercised may not have in it one 
sincere believer, but only formal and heartless pro- 
fessors, and yet it is a true visible Church. 

While Rutherfurd is thoroughly clear and logical in 
all his distinctions and arguments, it is evident that 
those against whom he writes are often confused and 
inconsistent in their statements. One of those op- 
ponents is John Robinson, many of whose com- 
panions had gone out to New England, and there 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 67 


founded the congregational churches of the Pilgrim 
Fathers. Now Robinson, as well as all the saner and 
more capable men of that party, while he was a 
Separatist and maintainer of the theory of a pure 
church communion, was not consciously an Anabaptist, 
nor was he inclined fanatically to insist upon the ab- 
solute purity de facto of their Church membership. 

It is pleasing to find Rutherfurd, keen controver- 
sialist as he was, and apt to rail against his opponents 
as though he could admit no good in any one who 
differed from him, speaking respectfully and kindly of 
Robinson and his friends. Even when he is urging 
that their position logically requires the conclusion 
that there is nothing that defiles, no sin, in the visible 
Church, he regards this as an inconsistency on their 
part. ‘ This,” he writes, “is the very doctrine of 
Anabaptists though we know our dear brethren hate 
that Sect and their Doctrine.” And in his preface he 
says: “I heartily desire not to appear as an adversary 
to the holy, reverend, and learned Brethren who are 
sufferers for the truth, for there be wide marches 
betwixt striving and disputing. Why should we 
strive? for we be Brethren, the Sons of one father, 
the born Citizens of one mother Jerusalem. To dis- 
pute is not to contend. We strive as we are carnal, 
we dispute as we are men, we war from our lusts, we 
dispute from diversity of star-light and day-light.” } 

1 [The Due Right of Presbyteries or a Peaceable Plea for the Government 


of the Church of Scotland: Lond. 1644, chap. ix. § 9, p. 267. To the 
Reader, p. ii] 


68 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


Some of the references to Scripture made by the 
Separatists really tell against themselves. They made 
the watchfulness of the officers of the Jewish temple 
to prevent any ceremonially unclean persons entering 
its sacred precincts, a type of the watchfulness which 
officers of the Christian Church should show in guard- 
ing it from the entrance of any that are sinful. But 
it is unquestionable that this uncleanness was an out- 
ward thing which could be seen and reported upon. 
Then again, they quote the passage from the Revela- 
tion in which the inhabitants of the city of God are 
described as all holy, while without are dogs,! whereas 
it is manifest that this cannot be applied to the visible 
Church, but only to the Kingdom of Glory, which is 
the Church invisible. Indeed many of the objections 
- made by Robinson and his party against what seems 
to them the only alternative to their own doctrine 
really apply not to the Protestant doctrine maintained 
by Rutherfurd, but only to the Romish doctrine. Thus 
we find Robinson admitting that the purest Church on 
earth may consist of good and bad in God’s eye. This 
surely is precisely what Rutherfurd and the Scottish 
divines generally contend for. But the English 
Puritan goes on to say that the question is about 
the true and natural members whereof the Church 
is orderly gathered, and that it would be bad divinity 
to make ungodly persons the true matter of such, and 
profaneness a property of the same, simply because 
many seeming saints creep in. This is a supposition 

1 [Apoc. xxii. 11-15.] 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 69 


that no one in the least measure acquainted with 
the views of Rutherfurd and his school could for a 
single moment entertain. Who would ever dream 
of the Scottish divine making ungodliness and pro- 
faneness notes of members of the Church, or even 
admitting to the communion of the Church those 
whose outward walk gives evidence of ungodliness 
or profanity ? Further, in his treatise on the Justi- 
fication of Separation! we find Robinson saying: 
“ All the Churches that ever the Lord planted con- 
sisted of good only, as the Church of the angels in 
heaven and of mankind in paradise. God hath also 
these same ends in creating and restoring His Churches, 
and if it were the will of God that persons notoriously 
wicked should be admitted into the Church then 
should God directly cross Himself and His own ends, 
and should receive into the visible covenant of grace 
such as were not of the visible estate of grace, and 
should plant such in His Church for the glory of His 
name as served for no other use than to cause His name 
to be blasphemed.” Now here again it is quite evident 
that notoriously wicked persons are kept out of the 
visible Church just because the notoriousness of their 
wickedness has made that wickedness visible. 

All this confusion arises in consequence of the 
refusal to acknowledge the distinction between the 
‘Church as it is visible and as it is invisible, in a 
thorough going manner. It is one of the grand 
excellences of the Scottish doctrine of the Church 


1[A Justification of Separation from the Church of England, 1610.] 


70 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


that this distinction is very clearly marked and 
most logically and consistently carried out. We can 
avoid the inconsistency of admitting on the one hand, 
that hypocrites and evil men may be in the purest 
churches on earth, and yet, on the other hand, claim- 
ing for the Church militant all the attributes of fault- 
lessness and perfect holiness, only when we make the 
former statement with reference to the visible Church 
and the latter with reference to the Church as invisible. 

A question has been raised as to the value and 
validity of this distinction of the visible and invisible 
Church. It may be disputed whether the phrase in- 
visible Church is not a contradiction in terms. Is not 
a church essentzally something visible, even though it 
may be that the qualities by which men are con- 
stituted members of it are in themselves invisible? 
Their faith, their saintliness, their spirituality are all 
hidden graces, but the men in whom these are present 
are visible and any association they may form is a 
visible thing. A church is a coetus hominum, whether 
we think of it as a coetus electorum or as a coetus 
vocatorum. An invisible association is nothing real. 
It is not conceivable as an association, for so soon as 
a uniting principle is introduced the quality of 
visibility necessarily appears. It can be nothing 
more, therefore, than an abstract ideal. While our 
Scottish divines used the terms visible and invisible 
to indicate the distinction of which we are now 
speaking, it is quite evident they did not employ them 
in a physical acceptation. All that they meant was 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT iL 


that the inward graces and spiritual qualities which 
are essential to membership in the Church before God 
are in themselves incognisable by any human faculty 
and cannot therefore be the condition of membership 
in any community formed by the association of a 
greater or less number of men. “It is not a distinc- 
tion,’ says Brown of Wamphray, “of a genus into 
species, for then the Church would not be one, nor is 
it a distinction of a whole into its parts, as if one 
part of the Church were visible and another invisible ; 
and yet, though this distinction does not make two 
churches, many things are said about the Church and 
attributed to it on account of the faithful and effectu- 
ally called who are members of the Church as it is 
invisible, which do not apply to all the members of 
the visible Church.”! If this is borne in mind we 
shall be able to distinguish in Scripture those passages 
which speak of the Church as made up of a company 
of elect believers and those which speak of it as com- 
posed of a company of persons who have been called 
and who profess the true religion. The latter is the 
Church in which a place is found for Simon Magus, 
Ananias and Sapphira and such like; the former is 
the Church which Christ sanctifies, and presents at 
last to God holy and without blemish. 

It says much for the intellectual sanity, the level 
headeduess of our Scottish divines that they were not 
driven by their polemic against Rome to any under- 


1 [Contra Wolzogium et Velthusium. Amstelodam, 1670]. Preefatio, 
115, et seq. 


72 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


valuing of the visible Church. Rome had recognised 
only the visible Church on earth. The only invisible 
Church according to Romanists was the Church 
triumphant which had been visible, or the Church of 
the unborn which would yet be visible. To the 
opponents of such teaching there was presented un- 
doubtedly a great temptation to say that this visibl 
Church, in large sections of which during many age 
there might not be even one sincere believer, was no) 
true Church at all. This was what the sectaries and 
separatists among the Independents as well as the 
Anabaptists actually said. But the Scottish presby- 
terians, on the contrary, while pressing the idea of., 
the invisible Church against the Romish denial of it, } 
insist, in opposition to the Separatists, upon the real 
existence of the visible Church as a true Church. 
The Church visible, they said, is properly enough 
called such, because the parts of which this whole is 
made up are visible, and while the elect are members 
of it they are such not as elect but as called. This 
visible company is the field in which not only good 
wheat, but also tares are seen, it is the household in 
which there are not only vessels unto honour, but 
also vessels unto dishonour. It is in this visible 
Church that the word is preached, the sacraments 
administered, and discipline exercised, for to it Christ 
gave the ministry and all the sacred ordinances as 
means of grace for the ingathering and binding to- 
gether of the saints. By recognising at the same 
time the idea of the invisible Church they escaped 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT fo 


the absurdity into which the Romanists, for want of 
this distinction, were led of claiming for this Church, 
properly distinguished only by external notes, that 
holiness and that infallibility which could rationally 
be postulated only of those who have the internal 
qualifications and graces which are invisible. 

In dealing with the Puritans, Rutherfurd, Brown, 
and the other Scottish divines manifested great tender- 
ness and patience, not only because they recognised 
them as holy men and fellow sufferers for the truth, 
but also because they had much sympathy with their 
zeal for the purity of the Church and a strong revulsion 
from that laxity of discipline and irreligious indiffer- 
entism against which they had been driven vehemently 
to protest. We must beware of being driven by a 
reaction against the gross exaggerations too generally 
current of the severity and sternness of our covenant- 
ing forefathers in matters of discipline, into an equally 
unjust and incorrect representation of their principles, 
as if they were not earnest in heart and soul to secure 
as far as possible purity of doctrine and consistency of 
life among the members of the visible Church. 
This was the injustice to which Rutherfurd and his 
friends were actually subjected by their critics among 
the more extreme sectaries and independents. 

It has always seemed to me that the misunderstand- 
ing of the Scottish doctrine of the Church on the part 
of English separatists was very similar to that which 
at present exists on the part of evangelical perfectionists 
in regard to the position of those who hold that Chris- 


74 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


tian perfection is an ideal not fully attaimed unto 
by any, but very energetically and devoutly to be 
striven after by all. The Covenanters were just as 
anxious as any of the English brethren could be that 
the membership of the visible Church should correspond 
with the membership of the invisible, that the hypo- 
crites in it, who were seemingly good but really bad, 
should become in reality as well as in appearance 
good; but they reverently and rightly shrank from 
putting themselves in God’s place or attempting to 
snatch from Him His distinguishing prerogative by 
sitting in judgment, not on the outward conduct 
merely but on the secret thoughts and intents of the 
heart. The cause of this antagonistic attitude to- 
wards the Scottish divines on the part of men who 
were in principle and heart at one with them was a 
confusion of mind which, in the circumstances, was, to 
some extent, explainable if not altogether excusable. 
Anyone who reads the writings of the Separatists of the 
Puritan period, the writings of men who had recoiled) 
from the externalism of the Romish corruptions which 
made a merely verbal profession of adherence to the 
Christian creed the one condition of membership, but 
who had no intention of adopting the Anabaptist 
position as to an absolutely pure visible Church, will 
see that they are constantly confusing the Church “I 
it is invisible and as it is visible, and that they insist 
upon judging the Church visible by the marks that 
belong only to the Church invisible. 

A very little consideration will show that extreme 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 75 


care must be taken if, on the one hand, we are to 
avoid the mistake of the Separatists who sought to 
determine membership in the visible Church by the 
possession of invisible grace, and, on the other hand, 
to avoid reverting to the latitudinarianism of the 
Romish Church which made the profession of faith a 
purely formal and external affair. 

The Scottish divine who does this more elaborately 
and clearly than any other is Brown of Wamphray. 
He argues strenuously against the idea that true and | 
saving grace is to be regarded as of the essence of the 
Church as it is visible. He shows that if this be | 
assumed, certain absurd results will of necessity follow. | 
The administration of the word in the visible Church | 
cannot be the ordinary means instituted by God for the 
conversion of sinners, if it be assumed that already all, 
the members of the visible Church are converted and) 
in possession of true faith. It would also follow that 
pastors should not present to their congregations any-| 
thing calculated and intended to awaken the conscience | 
of their hearers or aim at the conversion of any of | 
them, but should only address the converted for their | 
edification, confirmation and comfort; that Christ | 
never appointed pastors for the collecting and in- 
gathering of souls; and that faith does not come by | 
preaching and hearing. The consequence of such a 
theory would also be to exclude many truly pious 
persons who are like bruised reeds and smoking flax, 
and who cannot articulately declare the mode and | 
method by which they were converted to God, or who | 


76 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


by reason of certain vexing corruptions can scarcely 
bear judgment being passed upon their state by. man. 
Further, on this theory it seems hard to say where the 
exercise of church discipline can come in. Those who 
are held to be destitute of grace are to be excom- 
municated, or, as graceless persons, they are to be 
regarded as non-members, whereas the openly wicked, 
of whom alone, judged by their works it can be safely 
said that they are destitute of grace, cannot be ex- 
communicated, because those who are without are not 
to be judged by the Church. The members of the 
Church are not to be judged because as such they are 
pious, and the impious are also exempt because they 
are outside of the Church. If however, excommunica- 
tion has been exercised upon anyone then, when he 
is restored, he must be rebaptized, because his ex- 
communication proceeded on the ground that he was 
destitute of grace, that he had been no true member 
of the Church, and that his former baptism was null, 
in fact no baptism at all. And thus, however little they 
intended it, and however little they wished it, those 
holding this theory of church membership would be 
in consistency obliged in the end to adopt the most 
objectionable and the most revolutionary conclusions 
of the Anabaptists. 

In view of these palpable absurdities and confusions 
to which the Separatist theory necessarily led, Brown 
stoutly maintained that saving grace is not of the 
essence of the visible Church as such. And in this 
contention he has with him, not only all the other 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 16 


great Scottish divines, but all the leading Reformed 
theologians, from whose writings he quotes the clear 
statements of Amesius and Trelcatius—the former still 
well remembered by theological students, the latter 
probably unknown to most, but in his day a famous 
exegetical professor in Leyden, colleague of Junnius 
and Gomarus, and teacher of Vossius.! These divines 
were careful to distinguish the coetus electorwm from 
the coetus vocatorum, and to insist that the visible 
Church is made up not of the elect as such but of the 
called. 

I suppose there never was a body of men who 
regarded the partaking of what they called “ sealing 
ordinances” with more reverential awe than did the 
old Scottish covenanters, or who were more intensely 
anxious that these ordinances should not be profaned 
by anyone coming forward thoughtlessly and without 
preparation. But they did not commit the mistake 
of narrowing their notion of Church membership so as 
only to include those whom they would admit to the 
Lord’s Table. On the contrary they regarded these 
as forming only a part of the visible Church, so that 
what is distinctive about them, the declaration that 
they are possessed of saving grace, is not necessary to 
their admission into the membership of the Church. 
In other words, church membership is something 
wider than the list of communicants. It is out of 
the Church membership that communicants are 
drawn. 


1 [Trelcatius Loct Communes Theologiae, Opuscula Theologica Omnia. ] 


™ 


78 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


And yet it would be wrong to say that in these old 
Scottish books we find two different kinds of Churches 
distinguished—such a distinction as is often popularly 
represented by the figure of two concentric circles, of 
which the inner one represents the Church of those 
who are professedly regenerate, and the outer one 
that and in addition also the company of those who, 
without any such profession, wait upon the preaching 
of the word and enjoy other advantages that arise 
from a purely external atttachment to the Church. 
They simply say that so far as Church membership 
goes we have nothing to do with this distinction. It 
is not the profession of the possession of grace, but 
only the waiting upon the ordinances of grace that 

makes one a member of the Church. In short, the 
- Church of Rutherfurd and Brown was made up of all 
baptised adherents, all, that is to say, of Christian 
descent, who continue to frequent the preaching of! 
the word. | 

It might very naturally be objected that the Church 
membership here insisted upon was unreal and purely 
formal. In answer to this Brown calls attention to 
the distinction between calling and election. Many 
are called who are not chosen, and therefore not 
regenerate. But though calling in such a case may 
not he saving, it is yet proper to the Church and real 
because given forth by God and it produces real 
results even though these be not saving. Besides not 
only the truely pious, but others also have a certain 
relation to Christ as Head of the visible Church, for 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 79 


from Him they have gifts, they are truly baptised, 
they truly exercise the ministry, are the object of 
ecclesiastical discipline, and so members of the Church 
or citizens and subjects of Christ. 

But while the Scottish divines regarded it as ex- 
tremely important thus to emphasise the significance 
of what in itself might be nothing more than an 
external and formal connection with the Church, they 
are very far from saying that such a merely nominal 
connection, when it is evidently and demonstrably 
nothing more, can be regarded as a real Church 
membership. They are careful to maintain that he 
only is truly a member of the visible Church who 
seriously professes the Christian religion and subjects 
himself to the institutions of Christ. Seriously, they 
say, not feignedly, theatrically or openly hypocriti- 
cally, although there may not be any gracious sincerity 
or heart conversion. It is not right that anyone 
should be excluded or treated as a non-member, if 
only he makes such a profession, although he is not 
regenerate, nor to say of anyone on the sole ground 
or consideration that he is not regenerate that he is 
therefore not a member. And let us remember that 
no one could possibly have a more profound sense of 
the need of regeneration than Brown and Rutherfurd, 
who are thoroughly agreed in affirming that the fact 
of regeneration cannot be made a note or an essential 
requirement of Church members. In support of his 
position Brown advances five arguments. 

(1) God desires even unregenerate persons to be 


80 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


received into His Church that they may become 
regenerate, for the visible Church is like a workshop 
or laboratory (officina) ; (2) Pastors in the visible 
Church are the instruments of conversion and re- 
generation ; (3) Formerly proselytes were admitted 
into the Jewish Church on making such a profession ; 
(4) Such a profession makes one a disciple ; (5) Such a 
profession was deemed sufficient in the times of the 
Apostles.+ 

The principle upon which all the Scottish divines 
who deal with this question proceed is a strictly and 
severely logical one, namely, that the notes of a 
visible Church must all be visible. If the distinction 
of visible and invisible is to be maintained in the 
doctrine of the Church it must constantly be re- 
membered that what is invisible is accidental to 
the one, and that what is visible is accidental to 
the other. Only invisible grace is essential to the 
one and only visible profession is essential to the pre 
Possibly Rutherfurd pressed the consequences of this 
distinction too far. I cannot help feeling that he 
did not consider so carefully as Brown did the part 
which the individual conscience must play in a 
profession of any kind. So persistently did he follow 
up the idea of the purely external character o 
membership in the visible Church that he did not 
scruple to say that the civil authority might and 
should compel men to enter the membership. ‘‘ Now 
seeing,” he writes, “time, favour of men, prosperity 


1 Contra Wolzogium et Velthusium, Praefatio, Sect. 8. 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 81 


accompanying the gospel, bring many into the Church, 
so the magistrate may compel men to adjoin them- 
selves to the true Church.”! In another work and in 
another connection he argues that religion in the 
sense of a saving acceptance of Christ cannot be 
compelled “by the dint and violence of the sword,” 
but that negatively the magistrate may and should 
punish acts of false worship in those that are under 
the Christian Magistrate and profess Christian Re- 
ligion.” And by a somewhat singular casuistry he | 
adds that the magistrate “‘does not command these 
outward performances as service to God, but rather 
forbids the omissions of them as destructive to man; | 
he may punish omissions of hearing the doctrine of 
the gospel and other external performances of worship, | 
as these omissions, by ill example or otherwise, are 
offensive to the souls of those that are to lead a quiet 
and peaceable life in all godliness and honesty.” ? | 
It is evident that Rutherfurd could thus persuade | 
himself of the righteousness of compulsion by the | 
magistrate because he believed that one who was | 
prevented saying anything against the Christian faith | 
and peremptorily made to attend the preaching of | 
the gospel was, by external performances which he 


1 A Peaceable and Temperate Plea, p. 111. 

2 A Free Disputation against pretended Liberty of Conscience, p. 51. 
(‘Carnal weapons are not able, yea, nor were they ever appointed of © 
God, to ding down strongholds, nor can they make a willing people 
. . . the sword is no means of God to force men positively to external 
worship ; but the sword is a means negatively to punish acts of false | 
worship. The magistrate does not command religious acts as service | 
to God, but rather forbids their contraries as disservice to Christian | 
societies,” pp. 50-52.] \ 

F 


82 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


was not allowed to omit, constituted a member of the 
visible Church. 

There is a difference between the earlier and the 
later Scottish doctrine of Church membership. The 
difference may be seen in the most convincing and 
interesting manner when we place side by side the 
twelfth chapter of Rutherfurd’s Peaceable Plea, the 
title of which is put in the form of a question: 
“Whether or no do some warrantably teach that 
Baptism should be administered only to infants born 
of one at least parent known to be a believer and 
within the covenant, and who are to be admitted to 
the Lord’s Supper?” and Boston’s Sixth Question in 
the Miscellames, entitled, “Who have right to 

Baptism and are to be baptised?” } 

- Rutherfurd begins the answer to his question by 
calling attention to the distinction between an inherent 
and a covenant holiness, which latter simply gives a 
right to the means of salvation; and then to the 
further distinction between those who are in the 
covenant by faith in Christ, according to the election 
of grace, and those who are there by profession as 
hearers of the word and members of the visible 
Church. He distinguishes a holiness of the nation 
or people from a holiness of the single person, a 
federal or covenant holiness de jure, such as goes 
before baptism in the infants born in the visible 
Church and a holiness de facto, a formal holiness 
after they are baptised. He maintains that the sins 


1 Miscellany Questions, 1767, p. 410. 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 83 


of the immediate parents cannot exclude their children 
from the mercy of the covenant or from the seals of 
that mercy. He proceeds further to show how the 
seed of those who are within the covenant is 
differentiated from the seed of those outside the 
covenant by the enjoying of God’s promise to be the 
God of the seed of His people, and by the assurance 
that the branches will be regarded as holy which 
spring from a holy root. He argues that the 
objection that only the infants of those who are in 
communion with some particular Church or congrega- 
tion have a right to baptism proceeds from a wrong 
statement of the difference between Church com- 

munion and Christian communion. According to 
Rutherfurd, Christian communion carries with it the 
privilege of baptism. ‘“‘ Baptism,” he says, “is not 
like Burgess freedom in a city. A man may be a free 

citizen in one town or city and not be such to have 
right to the privileges of all other cities; but he who 

is Christ’s freeman in one Church hath Christian free- 
dom and right to communion thereby in all Churches.” 

To all, therefore, who have Christian communion, that is, 

to all who are in the widest sense within the covenant, 

the privilege of the seal of the covenant belongs. Just 
as all were circumcised who were born of circumcised 
parents within the Church of the Jews, so all are to be | 
baptised who are born of Christian and baptised parents 
professing the faith. The text (1 Cor. vii, 14) which | 
speaks of the unbelieving husband or wife and seems 

to require believing on the part of one parent if the 


84 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


children are not to be unclean, he explains by regarding 
the unbelieving parent as a pagan or an unconverted 
Jew. The condition of covenant holiness for the chil 
dren is simply that at least one parent be a Chris 
tian by profession, a hearer of the word of the Gospel. 

While Rutherfurd contended for this wideness in 
the administering of baptism, he was very far from 
favouring any laxity of practice in regard to ad- 
mission to the full communion of the Church by 
participation in the sacrament of the Lord’s Supper. 
When it is a matter of admitting to the Communion 
Table he insists that only those are to be received of 
whom we judge that they are capable of examining 
themselves and have actually done so, that they can 
discern the Lord’s body, and in the acting of faith 
show the Lord’s death. This, he observes, at once 
debars infants and children, ignorant and scandalously 
flagitious persons, and insane people. The Lord’s 
Supper is a seal of spiritual growth in Christ, presup- 
posing faith and the new birth, so that to the openly 
profane and unbelieving it is not a necessary nor a 
possible means of salvation, for the elements are no 
more nourishing to an unbeliever than bread and wine 
would be to a dead man. But even in regard to the 
ordinance of the Supper, Rutherfurd is careful to 
declare that he does not make evidence of conversion 
a condition of admission. And so the Church passes 
no judgment on any man’s spiritual state, but only on 
his visible profession and outward walk. Church 
officers may not seek to go beyond Apostles who 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 85 


received Ananias and Sapphira, Demas, Hymenzeus 
and Alexander, having them for a space in the com- 
munion of the Church, until they themselves went out 
of it, showing that they were not of it. 

Turning now to Boston, we find him assuming an 
attitude utterly opposed to that of Rutherfurd. In 
his time a cold formalism had spread widely over the 
Church. The boundaries between the Church and the} 
world were broken down. Many of the more spiritual 
men of that age, from among whom sprang the Marrow 
men, and those who sympathized with them, recoiled 
from the undisguised worldliness of the visible Church, 
and applied what had formerly been referred to it to 
the company of visible belzevers. All who were not | 
Turks or Pagans or Jews had been called Christians, | 
so that Boston could speak of openly wicked Chris- | 
tians, profane and grossly ignorant Christians. Now | 
he raises the question whether those who could claim | 
only the negative qualification of not being Turks or ' 
Jews or Pagans should have the right, in foro ecclesvae, 
of baptism for their children. Boston quotes from 
Zanchius,' a distinguished Calvinistic divine of the 
latter half of the sixteenth century. In his large 
doctrinal commentary on Ephesians he had main- 
tained that in determining who are to be baptized 
the impiety of the nearest relatives is not to be con- 
sidered, but the piety of the Church in which they 


1(“The first parcel of books I got added to my small library, was in 
the year 1702. . . . Among these were Zanchy’s works, and Luther on 
the Galatians, which I was much taken with.” Memoirs, Period viii., 
1700-1707.] 


86 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


are born, as also that of their ancestors who have 
lived godly or holily. Bowles, Fullwood, and Baxter 
had all spoken in a similar strain. Boston summarises 
their arguments under eight heads. He does this in 
a style that might serve as an object lesson to modern 
controversialists. | Without note or comment or even 
a single interjected critical remark he presents the 
arguments of the ablest defenders of this thesis with 
all possible fulness and force as though he were stating 
his own position. In form the arguments are mostly 
those of English and Continental divines of the strictly 
Calvinistic school. It is indeed rather remarkable 
that throughout his long and elaborate discussion of 
the subject of baptism, Boston does not once name 
-Rutherfurd, although he shows his familiarity with 
his writings by quoting him freely in treatises on 
repentance and forgiveness. But in substance the 
arguments quoted by Boston are just those relied upon 
by Rutherfurd. Having stated them he proceeds to 
give reasons why he cannot accept them. He argues 
that on the principles professed by such divines even 
unbaptized parents may have baptism for their chil- 
dren, as also those whose ancestors for generations 
may have been known to have been grossly ignorant 
and profane, so that the God in whose name the infant 
is to be baptized is a God whom neither they nor 
their fathers have known. It would give right of 
baptism to children of some Pagans and Mohammedans 
whose remote ancestors may have been Christians. If 
the principle of regarding children from the standpoint 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 87 


of their remote ancestry be consistently carried out, 
no children under heaven could be denied the ordin- 
ance. From this reductio ud absurdum Boston 
concludes that children derive their right to baptism 
not from their progenitors, but only from their im- 
mediate parents. His own position is expressed in; 
the following propositions: (1) the children’s right 
to privileges coram ecclesiae rests in the same person 
or persons by whom they fall. (2) The children of | 
the promise are those whose parents have repented. 
(3) God’s threatening of punishment to the third 
and fourth generation of those who hate Him implies 
that each successive generation is ungodly. (4) That 
the children are unclean unless either the husband is 
sanctified by the believing wife or the wife by the 
believing husband shows that they derive their right 
to baptism from their immediate parents. (5) Chil-/ 
dren of ungodly parents as a cursed seed have no\ 
right to the seals of the covenant. Having thus | 
cleared the way, Boston proceeds to discuss the ques- 
tion as to what qualifications are necessary in parents in 
order that they may claim from the Church the baptism 
of their children. He at once lays down the position 
that no children but such as have at least one parent 
a visible believer have any right to baptism before the 
Church. He casts ridicule upon every other interpreta- 
tion of the phrase “born within the Church,”?! and) 


1[“The promise is made to believers and their seed, and the seed 
and posterity of the faithful, born within the Church, have by their birth, 
interest in the covenant, and right to the seal of it.” Westminster 
Directory for Publick Worship.] 


88 THE IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND 


adduces an argument in favour of his own position 
under ten heads. 

In carrying on his argument Boston is brought 
face to face with the question as to whether any 
difference should be made in regard to the qualifica- 
tions for the Lord’s Supper and for Baptism. We 
have seen how emphatically Rutherfurd insisted that 
a distinction should be made, and that many who 
must be rejected from partaking of the Lord’s Supper 
might have a right to have baptism administered to 
their children. Boston, on the other hand, maintains 
that if the parents have no right to the table of the 
Lord then their infants have none to the ordinance 
of baptism. A distinction had been made between 
a jus ad rem and a jus in re. Thus Israelites as 
‘such had a right to the Passover, but if unclean 
they were debarred from enjoying the right. So 
some are habitually scandalous and have never 
given probable evidence of sincerity, but others have 
at one time given such evidence, though they have 
fallen into scandal. To these latter, even although — 
they have not yet given evidence of repentance, 
Boston was willing to allow the right of baptism. 
He distinguished a visible state from a visible frame, 
and attached the right of baptism to the former. It 
might be said indeed that children have a right of 
their own; but evidence of that right before the 
Church is only from the parents. And so, although 
the child of a profane parent may have the Spirit 
and thus have this right before the Lord, he has no 


MEMBERSHIP IN IT 89 


visible right, and, therefore, none before the Church 
until he is able to manifest it by his own life and 
profession. 

Finally, Boston urges the practical advantages 
that attend the working out of his theory of Church 
membership. If profane parents, who are often 
anxious to obtain baptism for their children, are 
granted the privilege they are likely to be hardened 
in their impiety, and the Church is mocked by vows 
taken without serious intention of fulfilling them ; 
whereas, if they are debarred, it may bring them to 
the performance at least of the external duties of 
religion, and even to the exercise of true faith and 
repentance. In regard also to the children themselves 
when they come to understand how their parents 
have lived, and that notwithstanding they had ob- 
tained baptism for them, they will be inclined to 
despise religion as an unreal thing; whereas refusal 
of baptism for their parents’ wickedness may lead 
them to serious thought of God and spiritual things. 
‘And even upon others, especially those beginning 
family life, the effect will be most salutary if they 
know that it is really expected of those who receive 
the privilege that they be true believers and so 
qualified for traming their children by word and life 
for God. 

Rutherfurd and Boston were led to their respective 
and conflicting theories of the Church and member- 
ship in it by their evangelical sympathies and their 
longings for the salvation of sinners. To Rutherfurd 


90 IDEA OF THE CHURCH AND MEMBERSHIP IN IT 


it seemed that the hearing of the word was so great 
a privilege, marking off a highly favoured class from 
those who did not hear because they had no preacher. 
Those who availed themselves of this privilege enjoyed 
therein already the calling of God. When God so 
favoured them it was surely the part of Church officers, 
who are labourers together with God, to treat them 
as within the circle of their care, and by the means 
of grace to endeavour that that calling should become 
to them effectual. 

Boston’s protest was against formalism and indiffer- 
ence. If hearing is not mixed with faith, of what 
avail is it? It was the agonized cry of a man yearn- 
ing after reality. Men seemed to lull themselves 
into security and a false peace, and as mere hearers 
without faith, they sought to satisfy themselves, and 
even boasted that they were the temple of the Lord. 
Boston thought to give them a rude awaking. They 
are not of God’s Church at all. Until they believe 
their place is with the pagans and the infidels. Was 
there not a note of impatience here? Rutherfurd 
would not shut them out until, like Simon Magus, 
Demas, the Antichrists who vexed St John, they 
went out of themselves by doing something that 
afforded visible evidence that they were not of 


God. 


LECTURE III. 
CHURCH UNITY—THE SIN OF SCHISM. 


Our Scottish divines of the sixteenth and seventeenth 
centuries had a singularly high and clear conception 
of the unity of the Church. The visible Church was 
with them the Church catholic. Melville, Ruther- 
furd, Brown, Gillespie, Durham, and all the rest, 
though their whole lives were spent in protests against 
ceremonial impositions and doctrinal defections, re- 
iterate and emphasize the statement that the whole 
visible Church is one. They were scrupulous enough 
and watchful against any sort of connivance in acts of 
worship which they thought idolatrous, or in expres- 
sions of doctrine which they regarded as false; but in 
no case could they tolerate the idea of breaking away 
from the communion of the Catholic Church. They 
had a way of distinguishing between separation in and 
separation from the Church to which we shall after- 
wards advert. Meantime we shall look a little more 
particularly at the manner in which they express their 
doctrine of the catholicity of the visible Church. 

It is interesting to observe the earnest way in 
which the Scottish Covenanters, so often maligned for 
their intolerance, and held up to public ignominy as 


the very incarnation of obscurantist narrowness, insist 
91 


92 CHURCH UNITY 


upon the universality of the Church, and the oneness 
of all, in every place and under all names, who love 
the Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Historians and 
literary men have talked and still talk in their ignor- 
ance of our great Scotsmen—Knox, Melville, Hender- 
son, Rutherfurd, Boston—as if their conduct, their 
thinking and their writing were so hopelessly provin- 
cial that the very mention of their names in those 
enlightened days required an apology. With certain 
popular writers of the day, some of whom at least wish 
, to pass for serious historians, animus against the whole 
class of reformers and covenanters is boasted of as 
though these were the indispensable conditions for the 
writing of a fair and reliable history. Those who do 
this, or those who applaud their so-called histories, 
are always eager to find out in works which record 
facts unpalatable to them, instances of what may 
seem prejudice against their heroes and in favour of 
those whom they calumniate. I could easily enu- 
merate sober, impartial historians who tell the actual 
truth about these men and their times. But I feel 
that I would serve the cause of truth better if I could 
persuade students to read for themselves and at first 
hand the works of these great men. It is a serious, 
but by no means impossible, task. I have said in my 
first lecture that there is much in the form of these 
writings that is repulsive, and I have showed you that 
not only are the printing and paper and exterior of the 
volumes fitted to cause irritation, but that there is 
much in the composition, plan, and arrangement of 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 93 


most of heir productions that no modern reissue of 
them could make them popular or even generally 
readable. Still, anyone who will brace himself to the 
task will find it profitable and informing. He will 
rise from it with a new conception of the character of 
his ecclesiastical forefathers, with a fairer and more 
intelligent appreciation of their qualities of head 
and heart, he will know them as liberal and wise, 
combative and uncompromising only in the interests 
of truth and righteousness . 

In the doctrine of the Church they were not, as we 
are often told they were, insularly Scotch. National 
or particular Churches—those of Scotland, of England, 
of France, and so on—were simply provinces of a 
ereat empire, the universal visible Church of God on 
earth. They were not regarded as so many species 
belonging to one genus, but they were parts of an 
integral whole—totum integrale—so that the qualities 
that were essential in the whole were essential in each 
part. Hence any ecclesiastical action of a particular 
or national Church was regarded as the action of the 
universal visible Church.1_ Brown of Wamphray sets 

1 [“The visible Church, in the idea of the Scottish theologians, is 
catholic. You have not an indefinite number of Parochial, or Congre- 
gational, or National Churches, constituting, as it were, so many 
ecclesiastical individualities, but one great spiritual republic, of which 
these various organisations form a part. The visible Church is not a 
genus, so to speak, with so many species under it. It is thus you may 
think of the State, but the visible Church is a totwm integrale, it is an 
empire. The Churches of the various nationalities constitute the 
provinces of this empire ; and though they are so far independent of 


each other, yet they are so one, that membership in one is membership 
in all, and separation from one is separation from all... . This con- 


94 CHURCH UNITY 


forth this view with admirable completeness, and with 
wonderful conciseness, in two small pages of a work 
already referred to.1 

To this universal visible Church, with the oracles 
and institutions committed to it, Christ has given the 
ministry for the purpose of the gathering together and 
perfecting of the saints from among men, to the end 
of the world. And as this ministry is one, so also the 
Church is one. It is simply by accident, because all 
cannot be gathered together in one place, that several 
particular churches came to be formed. Whosoever, 
therefore, is a member in any one of these particular 
churches, in communion with it in the worship. of 
God, is in the communion of the catholic visible 
Church. Rutherfurd and others of his school linger 
fondly over this point, and Brown gives more space 
to the reiteration of this statement than to anything 
else in the section of his controversial treatise de- 
voted to the subject, evidently impressed with a sense 
of its practical importance. Members of the visible 
Church catholic or universal might be members of the 
Church of Scotland because they were born, and had 
lived, in Scotland. Had they been born in France 
and lived there, they would have been members of 
the Church of France. But if a member of that 
Church came to Scotland, he would be recognised as 
ception of the Church, of which, in at least some aspects, we have 
practically so much lost sight, had a firm hold of the Scottish theologians 
of the seventeenth century.” Dr James Walker in The Theology of 


Theologians of Scotland. Lecture iv. pp. 95-6.] 
1 Contra Wolzogiwm et Velthusiwm. Preefatio, § 23. 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 95 


a Church member; and a member of the Church of 
Scotland in France would expect to be received of 
right as a member there. This shows how far from 
the principles of our covenanting fathers those have 
strayed who regard their communion table not as that 
of the universal or catholic Church, not even as that 
of the national Church, but simply as that of their 
denomination, to which none are to be received who 
do not join their particular communion. Brown and 
Rutherfurd would have denounced such as sectaries 
and separatists. 

The same principle applies to membership through 
baptism. If any one has been solemnly received into 
the membership of a particular church by baptism, he 
is thereby admitted, not merely into that particular 
church, but into the membership of the universal 
visible Church.1' Indeed it is into the membership 
of that universal Church that the child is admitted by 
baptism primarily and according to the order of nature. 
Hence, not only those who are joined together in one 
particular church, but all the members of all churches 
are brethren. They are all partakers of one and the 
same calling, and all have been received into the same 
outward covenant. The same gospel, with its pro- 
mises, is offered to all. 

From this it follows that there is to be no re- 

1 [“The visible Church, which is also catholic or universal under the 
gospel (not confined to one nation, as before under the law), consists of 


all those throughout the world that profess the true religion, together 
with their children.” Westminster Confession of Faith, chap. xxv. 


§ 11] 


96 CHURCH UNITY 


baptizing. It ought to be remembered that in the 
history of the Church this question of rebaptizing 
proved one of the highest importance. It has been 
intimately connected with the question of Church 
unity with which we are now dealing. In Cyprian’s 
time it was universally admitted that baptism should 
not be repeated. The only question that arose at this 
point was as to whether there had been any really 
valid baptism, a baptism worthy of the name. There 
were but two essential conditions to a valid baptism : 
it must be in the name of Father, Son, and Holy 
Spirit, and it must be administered in a communion 
recognised as a branch of the Church of Christ. And 
it was on this question of what bodies are to be 
recognised as churches that Cyprian was led to con- 
struct his theory of the unity of the Church as a 
community bound together by an outward and 
visible bond, which has had such a mighty influence 
on the development of the papal claims.1 


1 [“The Bishop is the fountain of authority and centre of union in 
the Christian Church. The Bishop, the representative of the apostolic 
office, or the representative of Christ, within his own diocese, is the 
bond of life and order and unity in the Christian society. Such is the 
idea ‘first formally, perhaps, exhibited in the so-called Epistles of 
Ignatius, and more fully brought out in the writings of Cyprian. . . . 
The Pseudo-Ignatian and Cyprianic theory of the Church could only 
find its complete and consistent development in the Romish doctrine 
of one visible catholic society and one supreme head, under which all 
the inferior societies and authorities of a visible Episcopacy might 
unite. And hence the doctrine of the hierarchy embodied in the 
theory of Cyprian, grew, and was developed until it found its only 
consistent and perfect expression in the system of the Church of Rome.’” 
The Church of Christ, by Professor James Bannerman, D.D., vol. ii. 
part iv., chap. iii. pp. 251-2.] 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 97 


Our Scottish theologians were so generous in their 
conception of what constitutes a true church of 
Christ that, keen as their antagonism to Rome of 
necessity was, they did not seek to unchurch her, 
or to treat her baptism as invalid. We might not 
have been surprised had they scrupled as to whether 
the priests of the Romish Church should be recog- 
nised as ministers of the word. But here again 
the recognition of the church in which they served 
as a branch of the Church of Christ, notwith- 
standing her manifold and grievous corruptions, 
weighed so heavily with them that they did not 
raise the question as to the validity of the orders 
of the priests of Rome. So little disposed were 
the divines of Scotland, and with them those of 
the Reformed Churches generally, to question the 
validity of baptism administered within any Christian 
Church that they even declined to pronounce bap- 
tism administered by a deposed minister invalid, 
and rather introduced a distinction, useful though 
somewhat fine, between a valed and a lawful baptism. 
The action of the deposed minister and the conduct 
of those receiving baptism at his hands was dis- 
tinctly unlawful, but the baptism itself was valid, 
and as such could not be ignored. In the application 
of this distinction, however, they carefully restricted 
themselves to the recognition of baptism administered 
by those who had some claim to be recognised as men 
ordained by the Church. Women and laymen, who 


presumed, in accordance with Romish practice in cases 
G 


98 CHURCH UNITY 


of emergency,’ to dispense the ordinance, were not 
only themselves dealt with as profaners of the holy 
sacrament, but their action was regarded as invalid 
as well as unlawful. Any child who had received a 
so-called baptism from a woman or a layman must be 
presented in a regular way and receive baptism as a 
child not yet baptised. 

It should not indeed be overlooked that the Scottish 
Confession of Faith of 1560 lays down two things as 
requisite to true baptism: (1) That it be ministered 
by lawful ministers, preachers of the Word, chosen 
thereto by some Kirk, and (2) that it be ministered in 
such elements and in such sort as God hath appointed. 
Then it proceeds to declare that Papistical ministers 
are no ministers of Christ Jesus, ‘‘ Yea (which is more 
horrible) they suffer women, whom the Holy Ghost 
will not suffer to teach in the congregation, to baptize,” 
and also they adulterate the Sacrament by using oil, 
salt, spittle, and such-like inventions of men.? And 
so in theory they make Romish baptisms not only 
unlawful but also invalid. In an exactly contem- 
porary document, however, the First Book of Discipline, 
drawn up by the same six Reformers, it is only enjoined 


1 [* And quhensaever the tyme of neid chancis that the barne can 
nocht be brocht conveniently to a preist and the barne be feivit to be 
in peril of dede, than all men and women may be ministeris of Baptyme, 
swa that quhen thai lay wattir apon the barne, with that, thai pronunce 
the wordis of Baptyme intendand to minister that sacrament, as the 
kirk intendis.” The Catechism of John Hamilton, 1552; The Sacra- 
ment of Baptyme, the fourt cheptour.] 

2 [Laing’s Knox, vol. ii. chap. xxii. pp. 115,116. Dunlop’s Collection, 
vol, ii. pp. 84-86.] 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 99 


that the introducers of these inventions be punished.* 
So far as appears, even from the beginning of the 
Reformation in Scotland, the idea of the unity of the 
Church so prevailed that even in regard to Romish 
baptism, against which so much could be said, only its 
lawfulness, but not its validity, was called in question. 

The unity of the Church was further illustrated by 
this, that pastors when they are ordained are clothed 
with an office, not only in relation to those particular 
churches over which they are appointed, but primarily 
and in order of nature they are ordained in the Church 
catholic, and in actu primo are pastors of the universal 
visible Church. It was indeed emphatically declared 
in the Westminster Form of Presbyterial Church- 
Government and of Ordination of Ministers, approved 
by the General Assembly of 1645, that, “It is agreeable 
to the word of God, and very expedient, that such as 
are to be ordained ministers be designed to some 
particular church or other ministerial charge.” Yet 
the ordination in itself is declared to be “the solemn 
setting apart of a person to some publick church office”; 
it is to the work of the ministry which, as we have 
seen, is given by Christ to the catholic visible Church. 

It was regarded by Rutherfurd as one of the great 
offences of the sectaries, and at the same time a neces- 
sary consequence of their erroneous idea, that the 
Church consists simply of the body of believers 


1 [Laing’s Knox, Uz sup. p. 187. Dunlop, Ut sup. p. 521. “Such as 
would presume to alter Christ’s perfect Ordinance you ought severely 
to punish.”] 


100 CHURCH UNITY 


meeting in one place, that they held that a minister 
cannot labour pastorally except over those who have 
called him, and that, should he be removed to another 
flock, he must there be not only chosen but also 
ordained anew. ‘This matter is argued against the 
Independents by Rutherfurd in the seventeenth chapter 
of his Peaceable and Temperate Plea for Pavl’s 
Presbytery. The discussion there is very much about 
the seat of Church power, and the writer insists upon 
the distinction between the mystical and the ministerial 
Church. It is from the ministry that any man receives 
ordination, and the power bestowed is the same as 
that of those who confer it, and is not limited by the 
limitations of those who constitute the sphere to 
which he is immediately designed. Hence a conere- 
-gation’s forsaking of their minister by no means 
deprives him of his ordination. It must be observed, 
however, that in thus contending for the ecclesiastical 
as distinguished from the congregational theory of the 
ministry, Scottish theologians were not forgetful of 
the fact that it is for the Church that the ministry 
exists. It was just in consequence of their clear con- 
ception of the doctrine of the unity of the Church that 
our divines, holding that ordination is ordination to 
office in the Church universal, consistently upheld the 
view of the Reformers in opposition to that of the 
Papists that a ministry may be valid although 
irregular, that the observance of the ordinary rules 
must give way if necessary to the edification and 
well-being of the Church. 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 101 


Again, this doctrine of Church unity involved the 
recognition by all churches of any disciplinary action 
of any particular church. This was regarded by our 
presbyterian fathers, not as a mere matter of inter- 
ecclesiastical courtesy, but as a matter of right. It 
was held that any offence which excluded one from 
the communion of any particular church excluded him 
from the communion of the whole Church. This, on 
theory at least, is admitted by all, so that when we 
find any disregarding it the ground on which they 
proceed, if they are pressed to give a reason for their 
conduct, is that they do not regard those who have 
exercised such discipline as constituting a branch of 
the Church of Christ. In short, no church can dis- 
regard the excommunication or other acts of discipline 
administered by any particular body until it has first 
unchurched that body. 

Our own Church fathers had so firm a grasp of the 
doctrine of the unity of the Church that they would 
recognise the disciplinary acts even of a corrupt 
Church, if they were not exercised by the perpetuation 
of those corruptions against which they protested. 

In all these several cases then, our divines in Scot- 
land recognised in a thoroughly generous spirit the 
unity of the Church. The membership of baptised 
persons, the communion of those received to the table 
of the Lord, the orders of ministers regularly ordained 
to the pastoral office, and acts of discipline adminis- 
tered in particular churches were all conceived of by 
them as of obligation throughout the Church universal. 


102 CHURCH UNITY 


The idea of the Church was to them no mere vague gener- 
ality, but the visible kingdom of God on earth, in which 
men of all nations and ranks had the gospel preached 
to them and the means of salvation put into operation 
on their behalf, in which all the members had the same 
recognised rights, to which also in a very real sense all 
the members of the particular churches belonged. 

In regard to those particular churches which to- 
gether constitute the one Catholic visible Church of 
Christ very definite and discriminating opinions were 
entertained. Brown of Wamphray refers to the fourth 
and fifth sections of the twenty-fifth chapter of 
the Westminster Confession, and adopts almost liter- 
ally its admirable words :—‘“‘ This Catholick Church 
hath been sometimes more, sometimes less visible. 
And particular churches, which are members thereof, 
are more or less pure, according as the doctrine 
of the gospel is taught and embraced, ordinances 
administered, and publick worship performed more 
or less purely in them. The purest churches under 
heaven are subject both to mixture and error; 
and some have so degenerated as to become no 
churches of Christ, but synagogues of Satan. Never- 
theless, there shall be always a Church on earth to 
worship God according to His will.” This clearly 
raises the question as to what degree of impurity 
would warrant Christian men in ceasing to recognise 
a community of professing Christians as entitled to 
be reckoned a branch of the Church of Christ. It is 
evident that corruptions may so increase in a body 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 103 


that was once acknowledged as a church that it may 
no longer be worthy of such a designation. In that 
case separation from it not only becomes allowable, 
it becomes a duty. 

It is interesting to note how Rutherfurd, Brown, 
Gillespie, Durham, and generally all the best men of 
that school seek to multiply reasons against separation, 
and show themselves willing to bear the heaviest 
burdens and submit to the severest strain rather than 
take what to them is the most painful step in separat- 
ing from communion with any body with which they 
had previously held church fellowship. Their dread 
of separation was not based on any merely speculative 
or abstract theorising. They had before them, in 
history ancient and modern, abundant evidence of 
its unhappy consequences. All these scholars were 
intimately acquainted with the history of the Novatian 
and Donatist schisms, and with all the deplorable 
details of the mad fanaticism of the German Ana- 
baptists. In the proceedings even of contemporaries 
of their own, especially in England and New England, 
they saw to what revolutionary issues this separatist 
movement tended. Rutherfurd in particular had 
made a careful study of the history and teaching of 
the sectaries. He had met with some of them when 
he was attending the Westminster Assembly, and his 
Due Right of Presbyteries (1644) shows his fami- 
larity with the writings of John Cotton and John 
Robinson. Indeed the subject seems to have had a 
wonderful fascination for him. He evidently regarded 


104 CHURCH UNITY 


the discussion as one of supreme importance for his 
own Church during that unsettled period when so 
many questions of an ecclesiastical description were 
agitating the public mind. It appears that for at 
least ten years the subject of separation in its causes 
and effects was more or less prominently before him. 
In 1648 he published a large and somewhat loosely 
compiled exposure of the wilder theories of the ex- 
tremer sects—A Survey of the Spiritual Antichrist. 
The leaders of the Reformed movement in Scotland 
must have felt the danger of reaction among those 
who had been oppressed by ecclesiastical tyranny, and 
probably they had witnessed threatening movements 
and had heard dangerous mutterings against all con- 
stituted authority which made them tremble lest the 
last state of their Church might be, if that were pos- 
sible, worse than the first. The fourth part of 
Durham’s work on scandal? is entitled Concerning 
Scandalous Divisions, and here he distinguishes 
between heresy, schism, and division. All these 
are in different ways and degrees wounds of the unity 
of the Church. ‘“‘ Heresy is some error in doctrine, and 
that especially in fundamental doctrine, followed with 
pertinacity and endeavour to propagate the same,’ 
whereby, as Hooker puts it, there is a loss of the bond 
of faith. ‘Schism may be where no heresy in 
doctrine is, but is a breaking of the union of the 
Church, and that communion which ought to be 
amongst the members thereof, and is either in govern- 
1 [Vide Lecture I. p. 48.] 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 105 


ment or worship.” “Division doth not at the first 
view differ from Schism,” but applies to such “ dis- 
sensions in the Church as are consistent with com- 
munion both in government and worship, and have 
not a divided government or worship following them, 
as in the former case.” It may be either doctrinal 
or practical. Of the doctrinal sort “are the divisions 
that may be amongst godly and orthodox men in 
some points of truth, when they too vehemently press 
their own opinion to be received with a kind of 
necessity, or load the other with too many absurdities 
beyond what will follow from the nature thereof” : 
practical divisions ‘“‘do indeed imply some difference 
of opinion, but do also infer somewhat in practice.” 
Of this latter sort “was the division about Easter 
in primitive times before it came to a Schism, some 
keeping one day, some another.” These divisions 
have often been between good men on both sides. 
Durham instances the cases of Paul and Barnabas, 
and of Chrysostom and Epiphanius. Such divisions 
sometimes arise from “various and different appre- 
hensions of truths that are less fundamental”; but 
most frequently “they are occasioned by a carnal 
and factious-like pleading for, and vindicating even 
of truth.” The Glasgow theologian shows what 
manner of spirit he was of by censuring Pope Stephen 
for carrying his opposition to Cyprian so far as to 
endanger the unity of the Church by refusing com- 
munion to such as held with Cyprian that those who 
were baptised by heretics or schismatics ought again 


106 CHURCH UNITY 


to be baptised. According to the writer on Scandal 
no one should carry opposition even to an error like 
that of Cyprian so far as to ‘‘ hazard the dividing and 
rending of the Church.” And so he warmly commends 
Cyprian, who, because of the regard which he had for 
the unity of the Church, carried himself ‘“ meekly 
and condescendingly.” When setting forth “the 
height of evil that division bringeth,’ Durham is 
led to observe that “although sometimes the fault 
may be more on one side than another yet seldom is 
any side free, at least in the manner of prosecution ; 
and therefore often it turneth in the close to the hurt 
of both. The one side becomes more schismatical 
and erroneous, at least in many of their members : 
the other side more cold and secure in the practice 
of holiness, carnal and formal in pursuing ceremonies 
and external things, with less affection and life in the 
main, because the edge of their zeal is bended towards 
these differences.” 

In view of the terrible havoc wrought within and 
without the Church by all such breaches of unity every 
endeavour should be put forth to prevent a division 
being made and to heal it when it has taken place. 
‘‘ Never,” writes Durham in a noble passage that well 
deserves to be quoted and pondered, “never did men 
run to quench fire in a city, lest all should be destroyed, 
with more diligence than men ought to bestir them- 
selves to quench this in the Church; never did 
mariners use more speed to stop a leak in a ship, lest 
all should be drowned, than ministers especially, and 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 107 


all Christian men should haste to stop this beginning 
of the breaking in of these waters of strife, lest there- 
by the whole Church be overwhelmed. And if the 
many evils which follow thereupon, the many com- 
mands whereby union is pressed, yea, the many 
entreaties and obtestations whereby the Holy Ghost 
doth so frequently urge this upon all, as a thing most 
acceptable to Him and profitable to us—if, I say, these 
and many other such considerations have not weight 
to convince of the necessity of this duty to prevent or 
heal a breach, we cannot tell what can prevail with 
men that profess reverence to the great and dreadful 
Name of God, conscience of duty, and respect to the 
edification of the Church and to their own peace at 
the appearance of the Lord in the great day, wherein 
the peace-makers shall be blessed, for they shall be 
called the children of God?” ? 

We shall, perhaps, best show how breaches of union 
may be prevented by considering the teaching of 
Scottish theologians as to what differences may exist 
and continue without giving just ground for division, 
or at least for refusing to maintain communion. And 
here we ought to notice at once that our covenanting 
forefathers, strict and even scrupulous as they were in 
regard to ceremonies in worship which had not the 
sanction of Holy Scripture, made the preaching of the 
word the principal, and sometimes, it would seem, 
almost the only absolutely indispensable note of the 


1 Durham on Scandal, Edin. 1659, pp. 313 f. [Part IV. chap. vi. p. 
288, edition 1680.] 


108 CHURCH UNITY 


true Church. Hence they refused to unchurch any com- 
munion in which the word was preached, or to deny the 
name of a true Church to any body in which Christ was 
proclaimed as the Saviour, even though the proclama-. 
tion might be very defective, and though it might be 
accompanied with many additions of doctrine that 
have no scriptural warrant, and with ceremonies which 
they could only regard as idolatrous. And so, as we 
shall see later on, and in fuller detail, they recognise 
the church standing even of the Church of Rome. 
Now if we only keep in mind the keenness of the opposi- 
tion offered by these Reformers to the corruptions of 
the Papacy we shall understand, on the one hand, how 
strong their feeling was against causing any breach in 
the unity of the Church, and, on the other hand, how 
unhesitatingly they recognised the unique place which 
the preaching of the word occupied in the Church, so 
that where it was conserved the Church, in spite of all 
disadvantages and disfigurements, continued to exist.’ 
Our sixteenth and seventeenth century theologians 
clearly perceived that it is the preaching of the word, 


11t is interesting to notice that in thus emphasising the importance 
of the preaching of the word our Scottish divines haye the support of 
some of the most learned and most advanced of modern German 
theologians. ‘“God’s word,” says Lipsius, “cannot be without God’s 
people ; where, therefore, the Gospel is rightly preached and the 
Sacraments rightly administered, there in the presence of the outward 
signs does faith mark also the invisible acting of God’s Spirit. The 
regular presentation of the word in the widest sense is the one ordin- 
ance of the Church which is of divine right. All other ordinances are 
of human right and have nothing to do with the Christian Faith.” Die 
Hauptpunkte der Christlichen Glaubenslehre im Umrisse dargestellt, Bruns- 
wick, 1891, p. 36. Comp. also Lehrbuch der Evangelisch Protestanteschen 
Dogmatik, Brunswick, 1876, pp. 820 f. 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 109 


the announcement of salvation which is the distinctive 
message of that preaching, that forms the essential 
principle of the Church. By the hearing of the word 
men are made members of the visible Church, and by 
the receiving in faith of the word heard they are made 
members of the Church invisible. One great practical 
advantage of their doctrine of the visible Church is 
seen in the comprehensive view which it enabled them 
to take of the function of the preacher. I have seen 
it stated in some homiletical books that pastors of 
congregations ought to address themselves mainly to 
the edification of converted persons, that they ought to 
assume that the members and adherents of the Church 
are professedly, and in the judgment of charity re- 
generate, so that evangelistic appeals to the sinner 
can come only in by the way, be addressed, as it 
were, to casuals or those who in our country are 
called occasional hearers. But according to Scottish 
theology the minister is the sower whose field is th 

world, the visible Church, the members of which ar 

simply hearers of the word, not necessarily distin 

guished as regenerate persons. The protestant prin- 
ciple of the unity of the Church, if intelligently held 
and applied, demands that prominence be given to the 
preaching of the word, inasmuch as that principle 
signifies, not an organic unity, but simply that which 
comes from the common presentation of the one 
message of grace. It is not only unpresbyterian, 
but it is antiprotestant to minimise, as in certain 
quarters is presently the fashion, the importance of 


110 CHURCH UNITY 


the sermon in public worship. It rests upon a con- 
ception of the Church entirely different from that of 
our reforming forefathers, to wit that the unity of 
the Church is to be found, not in the preaching of 
the gospel, but in the observance of a certain litur- 
gical order. By common preaching rather than by 
common prayer the Church is one. 

The leading theologians of Scotland found the 
principle of distinguishing between the presence of 
serious errors in a church, and the loss of all claims 
in the part of that body to be regarded as a true 
church, one of high practical value. On the strength 
of that distinction they laid down the fandamental 
position that while we must separate from all com- 
munion wherein we cannot but sin, this may be 
done without separating from the Church. There 
may be a partial or negative separation, one, that is 
to say, in regard to certain acts of public worship, 
in which we could not without sin take part. 
Rutherfurd gives as an example separation from an 
idolatrous communion where the sacramental bread 
is adored. The adoration of the material element 
makes the table of the Lord an idol’s table; but 
while we must separate from that service we are 
not called upon totally or wholly to separate from 
hearing of the word, or from the prayers and praises 
of that errmg Church. 

It is well that at this point we should note the 
essential difference between the way in which our 
Reformers and Covenanters speak of the Church of 


THE SIN OF SCHISM ET 


Rome and that in which Romanists and Anglicans 
refer to them. The universal catholic Church of 
Scottish Protestants embraces, as we have seen, all 
communions in which the gospel is preached, but 
that of Romish and Anglican churchmen consists only 
of those communions whose constitution is hierarchical 
and episcopal. Notwithstanding the attempts of ami- 
able individuals in these Churches to express them- 
selves in courteous and charitable terms towards those 
outside their pale, high churchmen speaking oflicially 
unchurch all other communions and treat them as sects 
not churches. This is the immediate and inevitable 
consequence of hierarchical principles. If the pre- 
latic theory of the Church constitution be correct, if 
the possession of such a constitution is of the essence 
of the Church, then, of course, Presbyterians, estab- 
lished or non-established, and Congregationalists are 
members, not of the Church, but simply of societies 
for certain religious purposes. The non-hierarchical 
principles of the presbyterian Covenanters enabled 
them, nay rather obliged them to maintain that this 
belonged not to the essence of the Church, and that, 
therefore, communities which were hierarchical in 
principle and communities which were anti-hierarchical 
in constitution might both alike be recognised as true 
churches of Christ. 

It is by no means unusual to hear our Scottish 
Presbyterian Church spoken of as narrow and 
sectarian, as advancing absolutist and exclusive 
claims with all the arrogance and narrowness of 


Ihe CHURCH UNITY 


hierarchical Rome against which she protested. It 
seems to me that this is an utterly false view of the 
matter, and that it has arisen from failing to ap- 
preciate and attend to the distinction to which 
reference has been made, that namely between the 
Church as a communion in which the word of God is 
preached, and that same communion proclaiming and 
practising errors, it may be of a very serious character. 
With these errors orthodox presbyterians can have 
no communion, but must protest against them and 
separate themselves from them. Nevertheless, this 
protest may not imply or necessitate a separation from 
the Church. This distinction was a very real and 
practical one. It enabled those who entertained it to 
think and speak graciously and tenderly of individual 
members of these churches which were most corrupt. 
It allowed them to perceive and acknowledge the 
presence of God’s grace in the lives of many who 
along with fundamental doctrines joined much hay 
and stubble in their building. They unchurched no 
community which preaches Christ, not even Rome 
which unchurched them, nor the Separatists who un- 
churched them both. They repudiated the Romanist 
assertion that all separated from Rome are like 
withered branches severed from the tree; but they do 
not make a similar claim on their own behalf by 
asserting that those who separate from their com- 
munion are thereby separated from the one fount of 
life. 

The charge of separation they threw back upon the 


THE SIN OF SCHISM £13 


Romish Church. “Rome,” says Samuel Rutherfurd, 
“made the separation from the Reformed Churches 
and not we from them, as the rotten wall maketh the 
schism in the house, when the house standeth still 
and the rotten wall falleth.” It was not Christianity 
that they left in Rome, but the leprosy of popery 
growing upon Christianity. They recognise too that 
in all the ages there were in the Romish Church 
representatives of evangelical truth, whose successors 
they claimed to be; they did not separate from Rome’s 
baptism, nor even from its ordination of pastors ac- 
cording to the substance of the act, nor yet from the 
articles of the Apostles’ Creed, nor from the contents 
of the Old and New Testaments, but only from the 
false interpretation of those who made themselves 
lords over the faith and the consciences of men. 
The English Separatists brought a charge against 
Scottish Presbyterians that their ministers derived 
their ordination from Rome. The leading Reformers, 
they said, Luther, Calvin, Zwingli and Knox, all had 
their orders from what they called antichrist, and so 
ministers, receiving ordination from them, had their 
calling from the same quarter. In answer to this 
Rutherfurd, after the example of some of the best 
continental divines, sets forth in detail the essential 
grounds of the calling and ordination of the first 
protestant Reformers. In their calling, he points out, 
there was something immediately from God; they 
were called to the ministry which is from Him. Then 


1 [Peaceable and Temperate Plea, p. 122.] 
H 


114 CHURCH UNITY 


by the papal Church they were designed and ordained 
as pastors; and so, in the substance of it the act was 
of God, and in so far as she had to do with it the 
Church of Rome acted as a Christian Church. There 
were, no doubt, antichristian ceremonies in the way 
and manner in which the ordination was carried out, 
and those thus appointed to the ministry had taken 
an oath to maintain the doctrine and practice of the 
Church of Rome. But this oath was essentially a 
promise to defend the truth—the truth doubtless of 
the Church as it then was—still always under the 
notion of truth. And so, when by spiritual illumina- 
tion, they saw and renounced the error of the Church 
in their day, they still held the substance of their oath 
as obligatory and binding on their conscience. If the 
Roman Church were altogether antichristian, its 
ordination could not be regarded as in any sense 
conferring office in the Christian Church; a dead 
man cannot beget a living child. But the Roman 
Church was not like a dead man; it was like a sick 
or deformed man. It was not wholly antichristian, 
but kept some of Christ’s truth, and that which is 
only in part antichristian may ordain ministers who 
have the true essence of a ministerial calling. 

A very important step was thus taken in the 
direction of laying down a broad principle of Church 
unity, when the validity of ordinances such as baptism 
and ordination, which respectively admit to member- 
ship and office, was expressly recognised when ad- 
ministered in communities which had anything of 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 115 


Christ in them. It is very much to the credit of our 
Scottish Presbyterians that they did not unchurch any 
community in which Christ was not altogether denied 
or ignored. And in regard to this they are all heartily 
agreed—not only Rutherfurd, Brown, and Durham, 
but even those Society men, Cameron, Cargill, Ren- 
wick, the authors of the Informatory Vindication, 
and the Rutherglen, Sanquhar and Lanark Declara- 
tions, men often represented as irreconcilables, ex- 
clusive, sectarian, and impracticable. 

Some might be disposed to treat the declarations of 
Scottish Separatists as mere theorisings which were 
very glaringly contradicted by their practice. The 
Cameronians, Macmillanites, and the Society men 
generally, who claimed to represent the true Church 
of Scotland, were vehemently denounced as sectaries 
and charged with schismatical division, with recklessly, 
or at least needlessly rending the unity of the Church. 
There was no charge in regard to which they were 
more sensitive. There was no statement more per- 
sistently reiterated by them than this that the 
unity of the Church was most dear to them, that 
nothing was more abhorrent to them than the giving 
of any occasion to separation and the forming of sects. 
And that this was no mere sentiment, but the honest 
conviction of their hearts is shown by their generous 
recognition of the Church standing of all communities 
in which Christ was preached, to which we have just 
called attention, and also by the way in which they 
set themselves to explain how it came about that, 


116 CHURCH UNITY 


notwithstanding their appreciation of Church unity, 
they nevertheless refused to hold communion with 
many whose Church membership they acknowledged. , 
In the first place they show in detail what errors and 
shortcomings they regard as insufficient to warrant 
separation ; and then what faults and corruptions are 
of such a nature as to justify and necessitate separa- 
tion. We have already seen that they laid down the 
broad principle that they might and ought to separate 
only when their failing to do so could involve them 
in sin. We must now consider what they say 
in regard to that patient forbearance which must 
be exercised by members of the Church in order 
that they may be free from the charge of causing 
scandalous and sinful divisions. 

Durham, in dealing with this subject, premises 
that there is no division among orthodox divines and 
Christians which may not be composed or healed, so 
as to make union possible. So, in endeavouring to 
bring about healing we must not insist upon agree- 
ment in every detail. Room must be made for many 
differences both in judgment and in practice. There 
may be differences of opinion with reference to persons, 
whether officers or members; but to break away on 
that account would be to expect that the barn-floor 
should be without chaff. There may be defects in 
government, such as the sparing of corrupt officials 
and members, and even the unjust censuring of the 
guiltless, or the admission of the unfit to the ministry, 
yet these will not excuse schism and division. As 


THE SIN OF SCHISM ELT 


Nicodemus and Joseph of Arimathea continued in the 
Jewish council, discountenancing the corrupt acts of 
their colleagues, so it is the duty of Christian men to 
remain in the Church even when seriously defective, 
dissenting and protesting against her defections. It 
may also be necessary to maintain communion not- 
withstanding defects in worship, measures of govern- 
ment and rules necessary for the management of the 
Church. So we find the Apostle urging the duty of 
union most strongly upon the members of the Church 
at Corinth, where many irregularities of worship and 
conduct prevailed. All such defects are to be remedied 
not by division but by union. 

In seeking to determine more exactly what the 
defects are which should be put up with rather than 
to withdraw from Church communion, Durham lays 
down these six rules or considerations. “(1) What 
cannot warrant a breach where there is union, that 
cannot warrantably be the ground to keep up a 
division. Making up of a breach is no less a duty 
than preventing thereof ; the continuing thereof is but 
the continuing in the same sin. (2) Such defects as do 
not make communion in a Church and in its ordin- 
ances sinful, will not warrant a separation or division 
from the same. There is no separation from a true 
Church in such ordinances as men may without sin 
communicate in, although others may be guilty 
therein. (3) Men may keep communion with a Church 
when their calling leadeth them thereto upon the one 
side and they have access to the discharge of the same 


118 CHURCH UNITY 


upon the other.” A minister, for example, must 
follow the duties of his calling ‘‘ whilst there is no 
physical or moral impediment barring him in the 
same and others being defective in their duty will not 
absolve him from his, which he oweth by virtue of his 
station. (4) While the general rules tending to edifi- 
cation, in the main, are acknowledged, union is to be 
kept, even though there be much failing in the appli- 
cation. (5) There may and ought to be uniting when 
the evils that follow division or schism are greater 
and more hurtful to the Church than the evils that 
may be supposed to follow in union.” He speaks not 
of the “ills of sin, for the least of these are never to 
be chosen, but of evils and inconveniences that may 
~ indeed be hurtful to the Church in themselves, and 
sinful in respect of some persons, yet are not so to all. 
In such evils the lesser is to be chosen.” Under this 
rule Durham utters many wise sayings. One sentence 
well deserves to be quoted and remembered. “ The 
ills of division are most inevitable, for the ills that 
follow union, through God’s blessing may be pre- 
vented, it is not impossible ; but in the way-of division 
it is because itself is out of God’s way. (6) When men 
may unite without personal guilt or accession to the 
defects or guilt of others, there may and ought to be 
union, even though there be failings and defects of 
several kinds in a Church.’ Under this rule the 
author recognises three impediments such as “a 
tender conscience may be justly scared by from 
uniting. (1) Ifa person be put to condemn anything 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 119 


he thinketh lawful in his own former practice, or the 
practice of others, or in some point of doctrine though 
never so extrinsic, if it be to him a point of truth. 
(2) If he be put to approve the deed and practice of 
some others which he accounteth sinful, or to affirm 
somewhat as truth which he doth account an error. 
(3) When some engagement is required for the future 
which doth restrain from any duty called for, or that 
may afterwards be called for.” 

In order to find examples from the life and practice 
of the early Church to enforce and commend forbear- 
ance towards the weaker and faultier on the part of 
the stronger and sounder, Durham and his associates 
drew upon their stores of patristic learning. Tor a 
Council or Assembly to rescind a decision against a 
party without having received any satisfaction or 
acknowledgment of fault from that party cannot be 
an easy thing. And yet Augustine tells us how the 
bishops of Spain who had condemned Hosius,? did, on 
his acquittal by the French, fall from their first 
sentence lest they might cause a schism. Then 
Durham refers with warm and hearty approval to the 
conduct of the Church in bringing the Meletian schism 
to a close. In a.p. 361 two bishops were appointed 
to Antioch, Meletius and Paulinus. Although the 
prime movers in the appointments had been impelled 
by the supposed attitude of the rival bishops it was 
found that both were orthodox, and so their rival 


1 [Concerning Scandal, Part iv. chap. vii.] 
+ [Bishop of Cordova in Spain, member of the Council of Nice in 325.] 


120 CHURCH UNITY 


government and separate congregations were a serious 
scandal to the Church. Meletius made overtures in 
the interests of peace, proposing that Paulinus and he 
should be joint bishops, and that after the death of 
either the survivor should be sole possessor of the see. 
Paulinus, on the plea that his ordination was more in 
accordance with the ecclesiastical canons than that of 
Meletius, refused to acquiesce in the proposal. Ac- 
cordingly he was accounted unworthy to govern such 
a church and was set aside, while Meletius, because 
of his consideration for church unity, was invested 
with the sole episcopal rank and government. 

In a little book published anonymously, but now 
known to have been written by Bishop Gilbert Burnet, 
entitled A Modest and Free Conference between a 
— Conformist and Nonconformist,! the Conformist,- in 
answer to a statement of the Nonconformist that he 
will not quit one truth for the love of all men, ac- 
knowledges that if required to renounce what we judge 
the truth we must obey God rather than man, but 
declares that it is another thing to quit the communion 
of the Church because its teaching, according to our 
thinking, is not according to the truth, unless that 
truth denied in the Church is of greater importance 
than the articles of our creed, “the holy Catholick 
Church, the communion of saints.” 


To this M‘Ward,? in his True Nonconformst : 


1 [A Modest and Free Conference between a Conformist and Nonconformist, 
in seven Dialogues. Glasgow, 1669.] 

2 [There are almost endless variations in the spelling of the name of 
this worthy Scot. Baillie, for example, has M‘quard, Makquard, 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 121 


Answere to the Conference (1671), replies that no true 
Nonconformists think they may quit the communion 
of the Church unless the difference be both real and 
in profession and practice, and also that it is not every 
real difference in these things they hold to be a suffi- 
cient cause of separation, nor do they hold that even 
where the cause is sufficient should separation always 
be carried to an extremity. On the contrary, says 
M‘Ward, the sound and clear rule in the matter of 
church practice is that where the controverted differ- 
ence is such as would render a conjunction therein 
either sinful or contagious, there a just and propor- 
tionate separation, precisely and with all tenderness 
commensurate to the exigence, is the safer course. 

In the Informatory Vindication, written, as is 
supposed by Renwick somewhere about 1686, all those 
belonging to the Societies disown a separation from 
communion with the Church of Scotland in her doc- 
trine, worship, discipline, and government as she was 
in her purest and best days, and only oppose the 


Macquare, M‘Quare. In Wodrow’s History he figures as M‘Vaird ; in 
the Analecta as Macwaird, and in the Correspondence as M‘Ward. Robert 
M‘Ward, a Regent in the College, and afterwards a minister in the City 
of Glasgow, was ejected at the Restoration, retired to Holland, and died 
an exile in December 1681.] 

1[“An Informatory Vindication of a poor, wasted, misrepresented 
remnant of the Suffering, Anti-popish, Anti-prelatic, Anti-erastian, 
Anti-sectarian, true Presbyterian Church of Christ in Scotland, united 
together in a General Correspondence. By way of reply to various 
Accusations, in Letters, Informations, and Conferences, given forth 
against them.” This tractate was the most important of all the docu- 
ments issued by the “United Societies” formed at the close of 1681, 
and the germ of the Reformed Presbyterian Church in Scotland. It 
was in the main the composition of James Renwick.] 


122 CHURCH UNITY 


errors and defections of that Church and endeavour to 
separate from these. It is also clearly shown what 
things are regarded as insufficient to warrant the with- 
drawing from ministers even in this covenanted land, 
and then what the grounds are which justify and 
necessitate such withdrawal. Infirmities, whether 
natural, spiritual, or moral, sins of ignorance, differ- 
ences of judgment in things indifferent in themselves, 
controversial points not condemned or witnessed 
against by our Reformers, and even scandals not 
attended with obstinacy, but confessed and forsaken— 
all these are set forth as matters in regard to which 
forbearance must be exercised, and as differences 
which do not warrant separation. On the other 
hand, they refuse to hold communion with those 
who have no rightful call to preach—priests whose 
mission is from Antichrist, curates who have their 
calling from the episcopal hierarchy, and gifted 
brethren whose call is only from the people. They 
also feel that they are justified in refusing to hold 
communion with all who had laid aside their ministry 
or had taken it again at the bidding of a usurping 
authority, including all those who had taken the 
indulgence, refusing fellowship also with all who had 
allowed themselves to be silenced, and who had been 
lurking or in hiding in time of persecution, as well as 
all who had not preached against the sins of the 
times, or shown any degree of sympathy with the 
public enemies of the covenanted remnant. This list, 
which in the manifesto is set forth in abundant ampli- 


THE SIN OF SCHISM £23 


tude of detail, certainly seems to embrace all ranks 
and classes in the land outside of the small handful 
that issued it. And so its authors have been most 
severely criticised as an impracticable, over-scrupulous 
set of irreconcilables, who recklessly and wantonly 
attacked and unchurched all who did not belong to 
their own little covenanted circle. Such sweeping 
charges betoken, in my judgment, a singular want of 
knowledge of the character of the men, a lamentable 
failure to appreciate the difficulty of the situation in 
which they were placed, and the delicate nature of the 
questions which they had to discuss. Their position 
was very similar to that of the faithful in the third 
and fourth centuries, after the early Christian perse- 
cutions, when they had to consider their attitude 
towards those who had been in varying degrees un- 
faithful—the Sacrificers, the Incensers, and the Certifi- 
cated,! as the lapsed were designated. The subsequent 
course of church history in Scotland showed how much 
cause they had to dread reunion with Conformists 
even of the least aggressive type. It really was not 
in theory but in practice that those high-principled, 
self-denying men came short of the full maintenance 
of the doctrine of the unity of the Church. It is, 
doubtless, much easier to see two hundred years later 
than it was in the day of blood and terror, how the 


1 [Sacrificatores, Thurificatores, Libellatici. The last-named class con- 
sisted of those who purchased certificates from corrupt magistrates, in 
which it was declared that they were pagans, and had complied with 
the demands of the law.] 


124 CHURCH UNITY 


right rules of the persecuted remnant might have been 
logically carried out. It was easier even for Boston 
than for Renwick to show how the antischismatic 
principles of the Covenanters might be adhered to in 
the strictest and most literal fashion. For the Church 
of Scotland in Boston’s time, with all its defects, and 
these were such as made Boston himself suffer severely, 
was distinctly more hospitable to men with views like 
his than that of the earlier period. And hence, al- 
though Boston’s sermon on Schism,’ in which he 
vigorously taxes the Society men of his time with 
that offence, may seem to be more in the spirit of 
Rutherfurd than in that of Renwick, I am not sure 
but it is one which Renwick, had he survived so 
long, would have been quite prepared to preach. 
There was certainly an excuse, perhaps also a 
justification for Renwick’s position which the later 
Cameronians could not plead for theirs.” 


1 [The text was 1 Cor. i. 10: “Now I beseech you, brethren, that 
there be no divisions among you.” It was directed against John 
Macmillan and John Macneill, “the two preachers of the separation,” 
as Boston styles them. Several times reprinted, it is in the seventh 
vol. of his collected works.] 

2 [In the course of his analysis of the Informatory Vindication, the 
Rev. Mr Hutchison refers to the charge brought against its compilers of 
being schismatics, a charge, he says, they were well able to repel. “They,” 
he goes on to remark, “still regarded themselves as a part of the his- 
toric Church of Scotland, and were wont to speak of it as the poor, torn, 
and bleeding mother. ... They claim that they have not left the 
Church. . . . The declining and corrupt part has left them ; they are 
separating only as refusing to follow in this evil course. . . . They did 
not claim to be a Church, but only fellowship societies of private 
Christians meeting together for mutual edification and strengthening, 
and having no idea of forming a separate Church.” The Reformed 
Presbyterian Church in Scotland, chap. iii. sect. iii. pp. 75, 76.] 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 125 


In the later history of the Church in Scotland it 
may be noted that this same horror of schism and 
division was manifested. The Seceders of 1733, when 
compelled to separate themselves from the Church of 
their fathers, persistently refused to admit that they 
had broken away from the Church of Scotland, but 
boldly and consistently made their appeal to the first 
reformed assembly. The Covenanters and the early 
Seceders successfully vindicated themselves against 
any charge of schism, and showed themselves earnest 
in their desire and endeavour to preserve and restore 
the unity of the Church.! 

The same, I fear, cannot be said of those who are 
mainly responsible for the internal feuds and manifold 
subdivisions within the Church of the Secession. In 


1 [“ And likewise we do protest that, notwithstanding of our being 
cast out from ministerial communion with the Established Church of 
Scotland, we still hold communion with all and every one who desire 
with us to adhere to the principles of the true presbyterian, covenanted 
Church of Scotland. . .. And we hereby appeal unto the first free, 
faithful, and reforming General Assembly of the Church of Scotland.” 
Protest of the Four Seceders when declared by the Commission to be 
“no longer ministers of This church,” November 16, 1733. “It is one 
thing to depart from the communion of a church, and another thing to 
depart from communion with a party in that church. . . . The ques- 
tion is not concerning Secession from the Church of Scotland, but con- 
cerning Secession from the present Judicatories of this National Church. 
... It is one thing to depart from Communion with a particular 
Church on account of her Corruptions, and another thing to unchurch 
that same particular Church. . . . The seceding Ministers are neither 
afraid nor ashamed to own that they have made a Secession from the 
present Judicatories of this National Church ; but they refuse that they 
have ever seceded from the Communion of the Church of Scotland, or 
that they have made any Kind of Separation from her.” A Defence of the 
Reformation Principles of the Church of Scotland, by William Wilson, 
M.A., Minister of the Gospel at Perth, 1739. W. W. was one of the 
Four Fathers of the Secession. ] 


126 CHURCH UNITY 


this respect it seems to me that Adam Gib was an 
arch-offender. The admiration he has won from men 
like Dr James Walker and Principal Fairbairn should 
be enough to assure even those who are not acquainted 
at first hand with his writings that Gib was a man of 
no ordinary power. His success showed that in any 
theological or ecclesiastical conflict he was a man to 
be reckoned with. Yet I cannot help feeling that in 
regard to the important matter of the unity of the 
Church Gib contrasts badly not only with the Erskines, 
but also with all the great ecclesiastics of Scotland 
such as Rutherfurd, Brown, Durham, and even with 
the Covenanters Cameron, Cargill and Renwick in the 
times of their sorest straits. As contrasted with these 
he seems to have had little appreciation of the doctrine 
of church unity. He rent the church which he had 
recognised as the true Reformed Church of Scotland, 
and separated from the parent church only in respect 
of its corruptions, I would not say lightly or wantonly, 
for of his personal sincerity and intensity of conviction 
there can be no doubt, but certainly in a spirit far 
removed from that of Durham and others of his day. 
At this distance of time, and amid the changed 
conditions of the present age we are apt to regard 
elaborate disquisitions like those of Rutherfurd, 
Gillespie, and such like, as purely antiquarian speci- 
mens of a misdirected ingenuity. We too often 
lose patience with the men who carry a discussion 
through hundreds of pages on what we now regard 
as no better than the Pharisees’ tithing of mint and 


THE SIN OF SCHISM 127 


cummin, with a scrupulousness and a persistency 
which we think might well have been reserved for 
the weightier matters of truth and righteousness. 
That heat of temper and violence of speech, as un- 
necessary as they were undesirable, were only too 
frequently exhibited is undeniable. But surely what 
has been gathered together in this lecture should be 
sufficient to show that all these men, even the most 
extreme among them, had such a conception of the 
importance of the unity of the Church, and such a 
horror of the evil of schism, and were so firmly con- 
vinced that any one who withdrew from church 
communion without absolute cause, that is without 
feeling assured that he could not remain in such 
fellowship without committing sin, was guilty of a 
most heinous offence, that they were ready to give 
their most favourable consideration to any sort of 
suggestion of reasons why they should refuse to go 
out of a church, notwithstanding the existence in it 
of many corruptions against which they must protest. 
The very elaborateness of their investigations bears 
witness to their anxiety to discover whether it might 
not be possible without sin to maintain church con- 
nection. If they differed among themselves they did 
so only because they were convinced that these differ- 
ences involved some vital truth. When a compliance 
made or advocated by some was sternly and uncom- 
promisingly resisted by others, it was because they 
regarded it as a surrender of their spiritual liberty or 
a betrayal of the cause of God. 


128 CHURCH UNITY 


John Welch of Irongray was the most conspicuous 
of all the field preachers, who defied the tyrannical 
laws of the land, a fanatic of fanatics his enemies 
called him ; but, though he took his life in his hand 
every day rather than make the least compliance, he 
wrote this in the very midst of his fifty-two ‘ Direec- 
tions” to his parishioners (1662) :—“ If you shall see 
at this time a difference in opinions and practice 
among us who were ministers of the gospel, some 
standing and sticking at things that others can digest, 
be not offended at this. It has been so always since 
the beginning, it is no new thing. If there be some 
that leave off preaching when others do continue to 
preach though against law, I say, offend not at either 
when both keep right in the main thing.” It was 
only when they thought that “‘the main thing” was 
in danger that they said even union that we prize so 
highly we dare not have at such a price. 


LECTURE IV 
CHURCH PURITY—CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 


From all that has been said in our last lecture in 
regard to the warmth and eagerness with which the 
theologians of Scotland maintained the doctrine of 
church unity, and held in horror and detestation any 
movement or tendency that wrought in the direction 
of separation, it must not be concluded that they 
were in the very least inclined to entertain lax 
views concerning the doctrine, worship, discipline, and 
government of the Church, or to make light of the 
entertaining of such views on the part of others. 
No one who has the slightest acquaintance with 
the history of the Scottish Church and with the 
writings of its divines can for a moment suppose 
that there would be with them any sacrifice of 
the interests of church purity to those of church 
unity. 

But unfortunately the popular estimate of the 
character and teaching of these men minimises their 
endeavours after unity, and exaggerates the story of 
their zeal on behalf of purity. In recent accounts 
of the religious and social Life in Scotland in the 
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the chapters 


on Church Discipline are out of all proportion to the 
I 129 


130 CHURCH PURITY 


others in point of size, of piquancy, and of fulness 
of detail. Kirk-Sessions are commonly jested about 
as courts of scandal, and their members described 
as inquisitors, who were never happy unless they were 
unravelling the secret twistings of some unsavoury 
story, or running down some unfortunate misde- 
meanant who was vainly seeking to elude their 
detection. Even with historians and critics who are 
by no means inclined to deal in a frivolous way with 
moral and social questions there is a widespread 
notion that the reign of the Kirk-Session in the Pres- 
byterian Scotland of the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries was one of terror, and its tribunal a spiritual 
despotism which exercised lordship over the con- 
sciences, and counsels, and conduct of men.! 

The truth underlying all the gross exaggerations 
of such statements is just this, that the discipline of 
the Church was something thoroughly, even terribly 
real. Although, as we have seen, our church fathers 
rejected most decidedly every purest theory of church 
membership, they were by no means indifferent, their 
very enemies being witnesses, to the duty of requiring 
and maintaining a high moral standard, nor remiss in 
their endeavours to realise it. Whether they always 
took the wisest course in their efforts to secure the 
end contemplated is another question. What we 
call attention to here is the fact that this Church of 


1 [Buckle’s History of Cwilisation in England, New Impression, 
1902, vol. iii, chap. iv. pp. 206-210. Domestic Annals of Scotland, 
by Robert Chambers, vols. i. and ii.] 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION L3t 


true doctrine, which is often represented as interested 
only in the details of doctrinal belief, and as saying 
in effect to its members, Live as you like if only you 
accept our doctrinal shibboleth, was just as much 
concerned with men’s conduct as with their creed, 
and did, in a manner most pointed and particular, 
take to do with the ethical as well as the religious 
life of the people. 

Church purity in its widest sense was the aim 
of Scottish presbyterianism in all its ecclesiastical 
organisation. If the ecclesiastics resisted every pro- 
posal of the Sectaries to narrow the bounds of the 
visible Church of Christ by restricting church member- 
ship to those who were in the judgment of charity 
truly converted, or by unchurching all who did not 
in everything see eye to eye with them, it was in 
order that by the preaching of the word the healing 
influence of the gospel might be brought to bear upon 
the largest number possible of sinful men. Within 
the visible church on earth, which is the world-wide 
field of the sower, a discipline was exercised which 
they claimed to be worthy of recognition in all the 
particular churches. The exercise of this discipline 
was a privilege which all the members of the 
visible church could rightfully claim, a duty which 
the Church owes to all its members, an obligation 
which the Church may not without sin fail to 
discharge. 

It may be well to inquire a little as to the nature 
of that discipline which was exercised in the early 


132 CHURCH PURITY 


Reformed Church of Scotland. We may compare 
and contrast it with the penitential exercises of the 
Roman Catholic Church which prevailed in Scotland 
previous to the Reformation, and has continued in 
all Roman Catholic countries, and, in a more or less 
modified form, in Papal communities in Protestant 
lands. It is, as we have already remarked, no un- 
common thing to find the presbyterian discipline 
characterised as a spiritual tyranny, comparable to 
that of the papal Inquisition, and its exercise de- 
nounced as an intrusion into the secrets of the 
individual life as unwarrantable and as intolerable 
as that of the priestly Confessional. From some 
popular accounts given, with all the confidence of 
authority, of the supervision of its members taken 
_ by the Church of Scotland in the seventeenth and 
eighteenth centuries, you might picture to yourselves 
the members of the Kirk-Session prowling about 
from place to place on the outlook for something 
which they might make matter of report when they 
next met in solemn conclave; you might conceive 
of them as eagerly emulating one another as to the 
number of cases which they could ferret out, and 
the skill with which they could perform a detective’s 
part in worming themselves into the confidence of 
those who were in possession of secrets damaging 
to the reputation of the parties in regard to whom 
suspicion was entertained, and in diligently and 
carefully recording circumstances of speech or conduct 
on the part of the accused that might plausibly be 


. CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION i338 


construed into evidence of guilt.1_ The elder was not 
only one of the bench of judges before whom the 
case was to be tried, he was also public prosecutor, 
who was understood to take a sort of professional 
pleasure in providing cases for the court in which 
he sat, and in making good the charges against the 
culprit at the bar. 

Now it would be rash to declare that throughout 
the length and breadth of Scotland and throughout 
the centuries of the history of the Reformed Scottish 
Church there have never been individual elders who 
did not at some time or other act in the hateful and 
contemptible manner described ; but, hard as the task 
of proving a negative notoriously is, I venture fear- 
lessly to affirm that never in north or south, in earlier 
or in later times, has there been a Kirk-Session which 
acted in such a way, and did not rather enter on cases 
of scandal with reluctance and bitter regret as on the 

1 [The meetings of Kirk-Session took up a preposterous amount of 
his [the Minister’s] time. Every rumour of misdemeanour, every sus- 
picion of Scandal was reported to and by the watchful self-important 
elders. . . . The lynx eyes of elders and deacons, to whom were assigned 
the spiritual superintendence of different parts of the parish, both to 
watch and to pray, were alert in every corner. Every rumour, every 
suspicion of ill-doing was reported to the Kirk-Session, and evidence of 
the most inquisitive kind was taken. . . . During services elders went 
out to “perlustrate” the streets, to enter change-houses, to look into 
windows and doors of private dwellings, and to bring deserters to kirk, 
or report them to the Kirk-Session. . . . Every night at nine o’clock 
or ten o’clock, elders went through the streets to see if any one loitered 
on the way ; they entered the taverns and dismissed the occupants 
home, a practice which originated a well-known phrase, “elders’ 
hours.” ... There was not a place where one was free from their 


inquisitorial intrusion.—The Social Life of Scotland in the Eighteenth 
Century, by Henry Grey Graham, 1899, vol. ii. chap. viii. passim.] 


134 CHURCH PURITY 


discharge of a painful duty which it was obliged to 
perform, as much in the interests of the individual 
concerned as of the church to which he belonged. 
We unfortunately know very little of the individual 
members of the Kirk-Session whose proceedings, 
ordinarily in a very bald and summary form, have 
come down to us; but from the few specimens of 
the presbyterian elders, whose names survive, and of 
whose general religious character and conduct we 
have more or less detailed accounts, we can well 
understand that the majority and the most influential 
portion of these office-bearers were men who loved 
righteousness after the pattern of Christ Himself, men 
who aimed at hastening the coming of the Kingdom 
of God and at bringing and keeping others as well as 
themselves within that kingdom which is righteous- 
ness and peace and joy in the Holy Ghost.1 The 
compilers of the Books of Discipline regarded public 
procedure as warrantable only in the case of public 
scandal, and only after every endeavour had been 
made to prevent any fault developing to such an 
extent as to demand public rebuke.? Jf, however, 

1[In this connection attention may be directed to a work of historical 
interest and value : Glimpses of Pastoral Work in the Covenanting Times, 
by the Rev. William Ross, LL.D., 1877, and especially to chaps. viii. 
and ix. ‘“ Work of the Kirk-Session : its Domain and pervading Spirit. 
Work of the Kirk-Session, in Ordinary Cases of Discipline.”] 

2 [“ First, if the offence be secret and known to few, and rather stands 
in suspicion than in manifest probation, the offender ought to be 
privately admonished to abstain from all appearance of evil; which if 
he promise to do, and to declare himself sober, honest, and one that 


feareth God, and feareth to offend his brethren, then may the secret 
admonition suffice for his correction.” The First Book of Duscipline. 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION Les 


the Church’s confession, either in creed or in conduct, 
had been openly violated, then the public injury 
done must be atoned for by humiliation and repent- 
ance before all. James VI. caused a public scandal 
by persistently neglecting to bring George, Earl of 
Huntly, to trial for the murder of ‘‘ the bonnie Earl 
of Moray.” Patrick Simpson, minister of Stirling, 
preaching before the King, chose for his text the words, 
“Where is Abel, thy brother?” and pointedly ad- 
dressed his Majesty, saying, “Sir, I assure you the 
Lord will ask at you, Where is the Earl of Moray, 
your brother.” ‘Mr Patrick,’ answered the King 
before the whole congregation, “‘my chalmer door 
was never steeked upon you; ye might have told me 
anything you thought in secret.” “Sir,” replied 
Simpson, “the scandal is public.”! In such a case 
as this it is surely quite evident that private dealing 
would by no means satisfy the requirements of Church 
discipline. There was no time at which it was a 
mere private scandal. By refusing to bring the 
guilty to justice the King had made himself before 
the whole people a party in the crime, and, therefore, 
in presence of the subjects before whom his offence 
was committed the rebuke must be administered. 

The distinction between matters which should be 
the occasion of private admonition, and those which 
should be the occasion of public censure, is very 


The Seventh Head, of Ecclesiastical Discipline. Laing’s Knox, vol. ii. 
p. 228. Dunlop’s Collection, vol. ii. pp. 569, 570.] 

1Row’s History of the Kirk of Scotland, 1592, p. 144. Wodrow Society 
Ed. M‘Crie’s Story of the Scottish Church, Part I. chap. v. pp. 83, 84. 


136 CHURCH PURITY 


carefully stated by Durham in his Treatise concerning 
Scandal. In the first part, “ concerning Scandal in 
the general,” he discusses the question as to what 
offence, in the ecclesiastical acceptation of the word, 
exactly is. Offence or stumbling, as he employs the 
word, “is something that doth or may mar the 
spiritual edification of another, whether he be pleased 
or displeased ; anything that may be the occasion of 
a fall to another, and make him stumble, or weak, or 
to halt in the course of holiness, as some block would - 
hinder or put a man in hazard to fall in the running 
of a race.” 1 Such a scandal or offence may be either 
private or public, and that in respect either of the 
witnesses of it, or in respect of its own nature. A 
private scandal is one which offends few, because of 
its not being known to many, whereas a public one is 
a scandal known to many. Then an offence may be 
private in respect of its own nature if it is not of such 
a nature that it can be publicly, legally or judicially 
made out to be scandalous, as when, “ the general tract 
of one’s way and carriage” display “vanity, pride, 
earthly mindedness, untenderness, want of love and 
respect.” On the other hand, offences may be public 
in respect of their own nature when there is such a 
way of bearing them out before others as proves them 
to be contrary to the rule, as in the case of drunken- 
ness, swearing, and such-like offences.? Rutherfurd, 


1 [Part I. chap. i. Several Distinctions of Scandal. After giving 
sixteen distinctions the author adds a few more. ] 

2 [“These [public scandals in their own nature] may be called 
ecclesiastical or judicial offences, as being the object of Church censure ; 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION £37 


in his Due Right of Presbyteries, contends elaborately, 
in opposition to the Sectaries or Independents, that 
the keys of discipline were committed not to the 
Church, but to the officers of the Church. Robinson 
and his party argued that two or three making Peter’s 
confession are a church, that these making such a 
confession may be without officers, and that, therefore, 
to these two or three without officers, the promises made 
to Peter must be fulfilled. To this Rutherfurd answers 
that these two or three professors without officers may 
be a church mystical, but that it is not to the church 
mystical but to the church ministerial that Christ 
gave the power of the keys, which includes pastoral 
authority to preach and baptise. The keys are given 
for the mystical church, but not to it. 

But, as we have said, it is the duty of members of 
the Christian Church and of the officers to do what in 
them lies, in cases where this is possible, to prevent 
private offences developing into public scandals. And 
so we find in the writings of our Scottish theologians 
all the other may be called conscience or charity-wounding offences, 
because they are the object of a person’s conscience and charity, and do 
wound them, and are judged by them, and may be the ground of a 
Christian private admonition, but not of public reproof, or rather 
may be called unconscientious and uncharitable offences, as being 
opposite to conscience and charity,” Part I. chap. i.] 

1 The Due Right of Presbytertes or a Peaceable Plea for the Government 
of the Church of Scotland, 1644, pp. 176-185. [‘‘ Men may be a Church of 
Christians, and a mystical Church before they have a ministry, but 
they are not a governing Church, having the power of the keys, so long 
as they want officers, who only have warrant ordinary of Christ to use 
the keys. . . . We never find in the word of God any practice or precept 


that a single company did use the keys or can use them, wanting all 
officers,” chap. viii. sect. 7, pp. 177, 179.] 


138 CHURCH PURITY 


much space given to discussions on our Lord’s teaching 
in the gospel of St Matthew: “And if thy brother 
sin against thee, go, shew him his fault between 
thee and him alone: if he hear thee, thou hast gained 
thy brother. But if he hear thee not, take with 
thee one or two more, that at the mouth of two 
witnesses or three every word may be established. 
And if he refuse to hear them, tell it unto the 
Church [Marg. or, Congregation]; and if he refuse to 
hear the church also, let him be unto thee as the 
Gentile and the publican.”! It was noted that here 
there are two preliminary steps prescribed. First, a 
purely private dealing, in which the Christian brother, 
who has been cognisant of another’s fault, and who 
feels it laid upon his conscience to attempt to gain his 
- brother, goes to the offender and endeavours to bring 
him to repentance ; and, second, in case this private 
dealing fails, a semi-public admonition, in which the 
offended brother joins with himself one or two more, 
so that the agreement of these Christian men in con- 
demning the offence may be more convincing with 
him who has committed the wrong. 

These two steps may represent far more than two 
meetings with the brother offending. Indeed the 
first mode of procedure is to be persevered in and 
repeated so long as there is any hope of the offender 
becoming penitent and forsaking his evil ways. The 
procedure in Church circles should be distinguished 
from that in civil courts, as concerned not merely 

1 St Matthew xviii. 15-17 [R.V.]. 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 139 


with the good of the common body, but also with 
the restoration and cure of the erring member. And 
so it is noted that church censures have weight in 
proportion as they are seen to proceed from love, and 
that hasty bringing to public reproof is construed by 
many to be a seeking of their shame; whereas when 
it is rare, and done only when other efforts have been 
exhausted, and when such publicity of rebuke is 
reasonable, it affects the conscience instead of arousing 
prejudice.t It is also pointed out in this connection 
that public rebukes are rare in Scripture. Further, it 
is made to appear that Scottish ecclesiastics have 
always been most unwilling to go to extremes and 
rashly to inflict public censures, and that they were 
against the frequency of such rebukes inasmuch as 
in such a case they lose their power. One such act of 
discipline, solemnly and tenderly performed, would be 
in their judgment, far more effective than many such 
oftrepeated could possibly be. Scottish commentators 
found no difficulty whatever in using the passage in 
St Matthew’s Gospel to which we have referred in 
support of their theory of Church censures. So far as 
I can discover there is no hint in any of their writings, 
doctrinal or exegetical, of any doubt as to the sound- 
ness of the view that the Church which, in the last 


1 [ “Tf the crime be public and such as is heinous then ought the 
offender to be called in presence of the Minister, Elders and Deacons, 
where his sin and trespass ought to be declared and dwelt upon, so that 
his conscience may feel how far he hath offended God, and what slander 
[scandal] he hath raised in the Kirk.” Furst Book of Discipline. The 
Seventh Head.] 


140 CHURCH PURITY 


resort, is to be told of the guilty brother’s offence is 
the regularly constituted Church with its officers and 
courts. The reaction that has set in against an 
extreme ecclesiasticism has led recent expositors, 
Meyer, Alford and Bruce, to maintain very strongly 
that the ecclesia of the passage, if it is to be held as 
the word of our Lord, can only refer to the general 
community of His followers.1 They give us the choice 
of understanding the word either of the twelve (not 
qua apostles but qua disciples) or of the larger circle 
of the disciples. Dr Bruce in particular, in his notes 
on the passage in question, denies that there can be 
any reference to ecclesiastical discipline and Church 
censures, charging the old expositors with treating it 
in a theologico-polemical interest in support of their 
developed ideas on these topics. He holds that the 
statement must be divested of all ecclesiastical refer- 
ence if it is to be taken as a genuine saying of 
our Lord. On the other hand, Julius Miller and 
Professor Bannerman have stoutly maintained that 
the older exegesis, call it by what name you will, is 
the correct and natural one.? Cases of discipline 


1 [Certainly not the Jewish synagogue. Nothing could be further 
from the spirit of our Lord’s command than proceedings in what were 
oddly enough called “ecclesiastical” Courts. Alford.] 

2 [According to Professor Bannerman there are five different senses in 
which the word Church is used in the New Testament Scriptures. 
After giving the fifth, in which it is applied “to the body of professing 
believers in any place, as represented by their rulers or office-bearers,” Dr 
Bannerman remarks: “An example of this application of the term 
Church is to be found in Matthew xviii., when our Lord is laying down 
the principles on which a Christian ought to proceed in the case of a 
brother who has trespassed against him. . . . In such an injunction our 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 14] 


among the Jews in the days of our Lord were ad- 
ministered by regularly appointed officials or elders ; 
and surely it is not putting an undue strain upon the 
passage before us to assume that when Jesus, without 
indicating any essential or radical change of constitu- 
tion, speaks of procedure before the Church He gave it 
to be understood that the new society, which was to 
be inaugurated in His name and under His authority, 
would conduct its cases on the same lines as did that 
Church with which He and His hearers were familiar. 

Strict the Scottish discipline of the sixteenth and 
seventeenth centuries undoubtedly was, but inquisi- 
torial it was not. This is shown very notably by 
what Durham says in his chapter “ concerning what is 
to be done when offending persons give no satis- 
faction.”+ He strives to restrict the cases for public 
prosecution as far as possible. It is only when the 
parties seem themselves to court publicity and to 
flaunt their faults openly, and in this way evidently 
show contempt for the order and authority of the 
Church, that offences not in themselves peculiarly 
“horrid and scandalous,” are to be dealt with by 
regular process before the court. Durham gives 
examples of the offences which he considers to be 
Lord referred to the synagogue court known and established among the 
Jews, which had its elders and officers for the decision of such matters 
of discipline ; and in the expression ‘the Church,’ which He made use 
of, the Jews who heard Him must have understood the authorised 
rulers, as distinct from the ruled, to be the parties who were to 
determine in such controversies.” The Church of Christ, vol. i. chap. 


Lp. 14] 
1 [Concerning Scandal, Part II. chap. v.] 


142 CHURCH PURITY 


such as do not call for correction by public process 
unless when accompanied by contempt of court. 
They are such as, though scandalous, ‘‘come nearer 
to sins of infirmity.” Among these he names 
“officious lying, angry passionate words, the sparing- 
ness of Charity in Church members in giving little to 
the poor or less than proportionally they should, 
though they do not altogether shut their bowels.” 
The ground upon which Durham would not proceed 
to excommunication in the case of such offences may 
seem rather peculiar. It is “ because excommunica- 
tion is a chastisement for some singular offences, and 
is not for offences that are so common.’ Now the 
frequency or infrequency of an offence cannot safely 
be made the rule according to which the measure of 
the discipline inflicted is to be determined. It is 
quite conceivable that the circumstances of an age or 
a community might be such that some very serious 
offence has become common, or that some fault, 
usually rare, has become abnormally frequent, and 
for that very reason it demands severely repressive 
treatment. 

But the attitude taken up by Durham shows how 
anxious he was to avoid the infliction of extreme 
penalties. Not the authority and dignity of the 
Church, but the moral and spiritual well-being of the 
members of the Church lay near to his heart. 

To the charge against the Scottish Church discipline 
of encouraging a prying scrutinising of the secrets of 
private and family life, and of developing in those 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 143 


who carried it out a relish for scandalous details, I 
know no better answer than the reading of this chapter 
of Durham’s treatise in which he shows how he would 
proceed in cases where first attempts at the correction 
of offenders by private admonition seemed to fail. 
Even in cases of contempt Durham pleads for much 
forbearance and patience, in the hope that such 
evident unwillingness to proceed to extremities, 
accompanied by serious and loving dealing, may 
soften the obstinate offender, and in order, in case 
of confirmed obduracy, to make it manifest to all that 
the offence had become altogether insufferable. 

It is important to mark carefully the limits of the 
satisfaction demanded by the presbyterian Church 
of Scotland. In thorough consistency with his view 
as to the terms of membership in the visible Church, 
Durham holds that the Church may not demand for 
her satisfaction evidence of the saving grace of re- 
pentance or godly sincerity therein. ‘The discipline 
of the visible Church has to do with what is visible. 
A confession and a carriage which in the judgment of 
charity are morally serious, not openly simulated or 
hypocritical, must be accepted without the instituting 


1[“ What, when an offence is not gross, yet hath contempt with it ? 
Much forbearance, and even a kind of overlooking (so far as is consist- 
ent with faithfulness), is to be exercised in such cases, in reference to 
some persons, for it hath prejudice with it to take notice of such 
scandals, and thereafter without satisfaction to pass from them, and it 
is difficult and not always edifying to pursue them: we conceive it 
therefore more fit not to take judicial notice (at least) of them all; but 
to continue a serious and loving dealing with such persons in private, 
because possibly more rigid dealing might wrong them and the Church 
more than edifie.” Part II. chap. v.] 


144 CHURCH PURITY 


of any further inquiry. Such a sober, serious acknow- 
ledgment! of the offence ought to secure access for the 
party immediately to the enjoyment of all privileges. 
There may indeed be degrees of satisfaction, but this 
applies only to the process, not to the judgment. 
There may be enough satisfaction to warrant sisting 
procedure, though not enough to warrant full resti- 
tution. But in the end there must be absolution or 
continued suspension, usually called the lesser ex- 
communication. Not proven is no verdict, but only 
a declaration of the existence of reasons for continuing 
the case. 


An important distinction was drawn by the old 
theologians between the key of doctrine and the key 
of discipline. As treated by Durham, the key of 


1 [“ By Divines this is called moral seriousness or sincerity, as it is 
distinguished from that which is gracious.” Part II. chap. viii.] 

2 [ What is called the power of the keys is a subject of much import- 
ance in the Popish controversy. The name and the doctrine are derived 
from the words addressed by our Lord to Peter: ‘I will give thee 
the keys of the kingdom of heaven.’ Sometimes the power of the 
keys is employed by theological writers to describe the right to 
execute, and the actual execution of the whole of the functions per- 
manently executed by ecclesiastical office-bearers ; and it is to this wide 
sense of the expression that the division of the subject into the two heads 
of the key of doctrine and the key of discipline is usually applied—the 
former comprehending the preaching of the word and the administration 
of sacraments, and the latter including not merely the infliction and 
removal of censures—a limited sense in which the word discipline is 
sometimes employed—but the whole practical administration of the 
ordinary necessary business of the Church as a visible organised society. 
It is, however, more common perhaps to distinguish the power of the 
keys from the preaching of the word and the administration of the 
sacraments ; and when this distinction is made, then the power of the 
keys just describes what, according to the former division, is compre- 
hended under the key of discipline.” Cunningham, Dzscussions on 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 145 


doctrine or the word reaches to and judges the 
thoughts and intents of the heart; the key of dis- 
cipline reaches “only to restrain, regulate, and judge 
the outward man.” What the key of doctrine does 
immediately the key of discipline does at best 
mediately by condemning a man’s outward practice. 
The key of the word debarreth from saving promises 
and the things contained in them ; the key of discipline 
only shuts from outward privileges and does not shut 
from any spiritual interest in Christ. The key of 
doctrine opens to none but upon condition of sincere 
faith and repentance ; discipline only absolves from 
outward censure and gives right to Church privileges. 
And finally, in using the key of doctrine a minister 
shuts out an offender “from heaven and saving 
privileges” only conditionally, not absolutely, and 
he cannot absolve absolutely by the key of doctrine, 
only conditionally ; but in the exercise of the key of 
discipline no Church judicatory debars conditionally 
but absolutely, and “when they receive any into 
Church-communion they do not absolve them upon 
condition they believe, but absolutely that censure 
is removed, and they are admitted into these 
privileges.” } 

In view of these clearly marked distinctions Durham 
concludes that it is warrantable and necessary to dis- 
tinguish between saving grace, which is the condition 


Church Principles, chap. ix. Church Power, pp. 235, 247. See also 
Prof. Bannerman’s Church of Christ, Vol. II. Part III. Div. iii. ch. i. 
pp. 194, 195.] 
1 [Concerning Scandal, Part II. chap. viii.] 
K 


146 CHURCH PURITY 


of absolution in the exercise of the key of doctrine, 
and serious profession, a fair inoffensive carriage, 
which is the condition of absolution in the exercise 
of the key of discipline. 

It may seem to some that these old theologians 
reiterate this statement needlessly. It is insisted 
upon, for example, by Durham, on page after page, 
sometimes repeatedly upon one page. It is illustrated 
by examples real and hypothetical ; it is supported by 
arguments from Scripture, from doctrine, from life ; 
it is shown that any other view of the matter lands 
in confusion and absurdity. These divines, though 
often charged with the fault, were much too clear- 
sighted controversialists to indulge in vain repetitions. 
In particular, they so kept the main end of their dis- 
cussion before them that they would never have thrust 
forward into prominence a mere subsidiary point or 
a mere side issue. The reiteration of a statement like 
this can only be accounted for on the ground that 
very disastrous results would follow from a failure to 
observe the distinction, and that it would be a very 
dangerous and hurtful thing were the Church in the 
exercise of the key of discipline to make saving grace 
rather than a serious profession the condition upon 
which censure or absolution is pronounced. 

It has always to be borne in mind that these old 
Scottish Presbyterians — Rutherfurd, Durham, and 
their brethren—had to deal with those who made the 
Church to consist exclusively of those who professed 
to be regenerate and who had been received into the 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 147 


Church as such. To these Scots, with their strong 
common-sense and their precise logical habit of 
thought, it seemed an absurdity to make an invisible 
grace the condition or term of membership in a visible 
Church. But just because they would not go beyond 
requiring something visible as the condition of recep- 
tion into a visible community, they sought to make 
it as sure as possible that this visible something is 
a reality. Only a serious profession was with them 
a visible one. It was seen in life and conduct from 
day to day. It might not in reality correspond to 
the inward and invisible quality which it professed ; 
yet it was serious in the sense that no manifest in- 
congruity between what was professed or the inward, 
and what was apparent or the outward could be 
detected. In short, what is to be demanded of a 
person under Church censure in order that he may 
obtain absolution is such a sincere and serious pro- 
fession of repentance as will warrant the Church in 
declaring the scandal removed. 

As regards the purpose of ecclesiastical censures as 
administered in the early Reformed Church of Scot- 
land, the best commentary on the relative chapter in 
the First Book of Discypline is found in what is 
commonly called Knox’s Liturgy.! As to the parties 
amenable to Church censure it was laid down that all 
baptised persons were under the jurisdiction of the 


1 [The work usually passes under the name of Knox’s Psalms and 
Liturgy. In early times it was generally known as The Book of Common 
Order. Laing’s Knox, vol. vi. p. 277.] 


148 CHURCH PURITY 


Church and subject to her disciplme. And so the 
form in which the sentence of excommunication was 
uttered, “in public audience of the people,” began 
thus: “It is clearly known unto us that N., sometime 
baptised in the Name of the Father, and of the Son, 
and of the Holy Ghost, and so reputed and counted 
for a Christian, hath fearfully fallen from the society 
of Christ’s body.” ! And in the introductory address, 
giving instruction as to the exercise of discipline, 
speaking of the crimes that deserve excommunication, 
our Church Reformers say: “It is to be noted that 
all crimes that by the law of God deserve death 
deserve also excommunication from the society of 
Christ’s Church, whether the offender be Papist or 
Protestant. For it is no reason that, under pretence 
- of diversity of religion, open impiety should be 
suffered in the visible body of Christ Jesus.” Papist 
and Protestant alike belong to the visible Church. 
Protestant and Presbyterian John Knox claimed the 
right of dealing with any Papist guilty of crime and 
under condemnation of the law, as also of pronouncing 
upon him the severest censures of the Church. 
According to him and all the Scottish Reformers, 
excommunication, like all other Church ordinances, 
was not the action of a sect, but the action of the 
Catholic Church. On the same ground excommunica- 
tion by the Church of Rome for an excommunicable 


1 [The Order of Excommunication and of Public Repentance used in 
the Church of Scotland, and commanded to be printed by the General 
Assembly of the same, 1569. Laing’s Knox, vol. vi. p. 451.] 

2 [ Ibid. p. 449.] 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 149 


offence was held by these divines to be as strictly 
valid as excommunication pronounced by consistory 
or presbytery, in Geneva or in Edinburgh. 

It was upon this principle, and not, as some seem 
to think, in a cold, reckless, meaningless manner, that 
Donald Cargill, at Torwood, in October 1680, pro- 
nounced his sentence against the King, the Dukes of 
York, Monmouth, Lauderdale and Rothes, General 
Dalziel and Sir George Mackenzie. Papists and Protes- 
tants, Episcopalians and Presbyterians, they were all 
equally amenable to Church censure, if guilty of crimes 
warranting such discipline. The only questionable 
thing in regard to Cargill’s action is as to his posses- 
sion of Church authority for pronouncing sentence. 
It was distinctly ordained in The Book of Common 
Order that nothing should be attempted in the way 
of excommunication without the determination of 
the whole Church.? Cargill’s apology for himself 
when he acted as if he were the whole Church was 
the distressful circumstances of the times. But 
that it was competent for the Church of Scotland 
to give forth sentence against these men no 


1 [The Torwood Excommunication begins thus: “I being a minister 
of Jesus Christ, and having authority and power from Him, do in His 
name, and by His Spirit, excommunicate Charles the Second, King, 
etc., and that upon the account of these wickednesses.”] 

2 [It is ordained that nothing be attempted in that behalf [Excom- 
munication] without the determination of the whole Church. The 
Form of Prayers, ete. Laing’s Knox, vol. iv. p. 205.] 

3 [“And as the causes are just, so being done by a minister of the 
gospel, and in such a way as the present persecution would admit of, the 
sentence is just.” Sentence in closing paragraph of Cargill’s Excom- 
munication. | 


150 CHURCH PURITY 


minister or theologian in that Church for a moment 
doubted. 

There was always great reluctance on the part of 
our Church fathers to proceed to the last extreme of 
discipline in pronouncing the sentence of excommuni- 
cation. So far from taking a malicious pleasure and 
finding a cruel satisfaction in the infliction of this 
dread censure upon the obstinate and contemptuous 
offender, they showed themselves anxious to discover 
any good cause why they should not proceed, and in 
all cases delayed execution until every possible means 
had been used to win the offender to repentance, and 
to make it possible to retain him in, or restore him to, 
the visible Church, the body of Jesus Christ. 

In the introductory section of Zhe Order of the 
Ecclesiastical Discipline in the Form of Prayers and 
Ministration of the Sacraments, etc., used in the Eng- 
lish Congregation at Geneva, 1556, it is ordained 
“that all punishments, corrections, censures, and 
admonitions, stretch no farther than God’s Word, 
with mercy, may lawfully bear.”! It is of the utmost 
importance in our estimating the spirit and character 
of our Scottish divines to emphasise, as they certainly 
intended to emphasise, the phrase so significantly 
inserted in this instruction to Church officers—“ with 
mercy.” They were not only not to strain God’s 
Word so as to inflict a sentence which only by a very 
rigid and therefore somewhat disputable interpretation 
of Scripture might be warranted, but they were to in- 


1 [Laing’s Knox, vol, iv. p. 206.] 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 151 


terpret and apply the word lovingly, mercifully, in the 
spirit of Christ, who came not to destroy men’s lives but 
to save. And the insertion of this phrase was no mere 
matter of form. It was really meant to indicate the 
spirit in which the whole proceedings were to be carried 
out. This is shown very evidently in the admonition 
to office-bearers to ‘‘ beware and take good heed that 
they seem not more ready to expel from the Congre- 
gation than to receive again those in whom they per- 
ceive worthy fruits of repentance to appear.”! Even 
in beginning a process of private discipline, office- 
bearers are to assure themselves that the fault is 
‘‘reprovable by God’s Word.” 2 No doubt this gives 
a large discretion to ministers and kirk-sessions as to 
the range of offences with which it is required of them 
that they should deal. The word of God does not 
supply us with a list of indictable offences, but only 
with certain principles whereby we may discover for 
ourselves what in God’s sight is right and what is 
wrong. But it is just at this point that the quali- 
fying clause “with mercy” has most useful appli- 
cation. 

A fair and dispassionate reading of the instructions 
about discipline, and especially of the order of pro- 
cedure in the administration of it will show how real 
and effective this merciful spirit was in the Scottish 
form of ecclesiastical discipline as originally devised. 
The motive urging to action is to be carefully con- 
sidered in order to ascertain if the “admonitions 


1 [Laing’s Knox, pp. 205, 206.] 2 [Ibid. pp. 204, 205.] 


152 CHURCH PURITY 


proceed of a goodly zeal and conscience, rather 
seeking to win our brother than to slander him.” ? 
That the main object in view in the infliction of 
such censures was the spiritual benefit of the offender, 
and that discipline was regarded chiefly as a means of 
grace can be gathered from this that even if the 
accused refused to express sorrow and repentance at 
his appearance on two successive Sabbaths his defection 
and contempt were to be made public only on the 
third Sabbath.2 Here also all was to be done “ with 
mercy.” For on these two Sabbaths when the crime 
and the admonitions were stated in public, and the 
person was admonished to make satisfaction which he 
had refused in private, it was to be done “ without 
specification of his name.”® And when the pre- 
liminary procedure had a good effect, so that the 
offender, between the first and second Sabbaths, 
expressed his penitence, his name was not made 
public, and he was not required to make a public 
appearance. It was sufficient that on the following 
Sabbath the minister, “at commandment of the 
session,” make declaration of his repentance and 
submission in these or other closing words: ‘ But 
seeing that it hath pleased God to mollify the heart of 
our brother, whose name we need not to express, so 


1 [Laing’s Knox, p. 204.] 

2 [If he continues stubborn, then the third Sunday [not Sabbath] 
ought he to be charged publicly to satisfy the Church for his offence 
and contempt, under the pain of excommunication.” The Order of Ez- 
communication. Laing’s Knox, vol. vi. p. 454.] 

3 [Ibid. p. 454.] 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION oe: 


that he hath not only acknowledged his offence, but 
also hath fully satisfied the brethren that first were 
offended, and us the Ministry, and hath promised to 
abstain from all appearance of such evil as whereof he 
was suspected and admonished, we have no just cause 
to proceed to any further extremity, but rather to 
glorify God for the submission of our brother, and 
unfeignedly pray unto Him that in the like case we 
and every one of us may give the like obedience.” ? 

I do not find that a careful reading of the con- 
stitutional history of the Scottish Church, nor an 
examination of cases and the procedure in them, so 
far as these are reported, warrants one to say that 
there was any real lack of tenderness in the law or in 
the administration of it.? 

As Dr Edgar, in his extremely interesting and 
instructive lectures, points out, tenderness is a relative 


1 [Ibid., pp. 454, 455.] 

2 [In the First Book of Discipline it is provided that when a peni- 
tent offender wishes to make public repentance, “ earnestly desiring the 
Congregation to pray to God with him for mercy, and to accept him in 
their society, notwithstanding his former offences, then the Church may 
and ought receive him as a penitent ; for the Church ought to be no 
more severe than God declareth Himself to be, who witnesseth, that, in 
whatsoever hour a sinner unfeignedly repenteth and turns from his 
wicked way, that He will not remember one of his iniquities. And 
therefore the Church ought diligently to advert that it excommunicate 
not those whom God absolveth.” Then, in the case of a person who 
has been excommunicated being publicly restored, this striking injune- 
tion is given :—“ The Minister ought to exhort the Church to receive 
that penitent brother into their favour, as they require God to receive 
themselves when they have offended ; and in sign of their consent, the 
Elders and chief men of the Church shall take the penitent by the ~ 
hand, and one or two in name of the whole shall kiss and embrace him, 
with all reverence and gravity, as a member of Christ Jesus.” Laing’s 
Knox, vol. ii. pp. 228, 229, 232.] 


154 CHURCH PURITY 


term, so that what was regarded as tender in a com- 
paratively rude age would be differently designated in 
one of higher culture and refinement. “The discip- 
line administered in the Church of Scotland in ancient 
times,” Dr Edgar remarks,! “was not what most 
people would consider either tender or moderate. It 
is proper to remark, however, that people’s notions of 
tenderness are constantly changing, and that in every 
age there have been men who have maintained that 
the discipline of the Church in their own day was 
tender enough. Whatever the Church may be or may 
do, whether she is tender or rigid, whether she 
punishes or passes over transgressions, she will always 
have enemies and detractors to speak evil of her 
procedure. When her discipline was strict, she was 
called intolerant and tyrannical; now that her 
discipline is milder, she is said to have lost her power 
and influence, and is blamed for leaving the masses to 
perish in brutality and atheism. There is no form of 
action on the part of the Church that will stop the 
mouths of gainsayers. All that the Church in her 
discipline can do is to seek men’s good in the way 
that experience shows to be the most practicable.” 
One of the main charges brought against the dis- 
cipline of our Church fathers is that of intolerance. 
It is said that no room was given for the exercise of — 
individual liberty, that they insisted that every one 


should think precisely as they thought, and express 

1 [Old Church Life in Scotland : Lectures on Kirk-Session and Presbytery 
Records. By Andrew Edgar, D.D., Minister at Mauchline, 1885, 
Lec. iv. pp. 197, 199.] 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 155 


their thoughts in exactly the same terms as they 
employed. This description of their attitude towards 
those who differed from them cannot be accepted 
without several large and important reservations. 
It would be easy to show that not only were there 
considerable differences in the views of the several 
members of the school in regard to doctrinal as well 
as practical matters, but that also they recognised 
the right of others, their predecessors and contem- 
poraries, to advocate views differing from their own 
without feeling called upon to condemn them as 
heretical or antichristian. They did indeed make 
an honest distinction between fundamentals and non- 
fundamentals, although it must be confessed that 
they enlarged the list of the former in a way that 
can scarcely be regarded as defensible. It is only 
fair to state that there were things upon which they 
were willing to agree to differ. But no modern divine, 
historian or critic would maintain that the list of 
such things was not much too brief. 

In his work, A Free Disputation against Pre- 
tended Inberty of Conscience, Rutherfurd begins 
with a discussion of conscience. It is, he says, 
“knowledge with a witness. It is not a distinct 
faculty from the understanding, but the understand- 
ing as it giveth judgment, in court of the man’s state 
and of all his ways, as whether he be in favour with 
God or no, and whether he be in Christ or not, and 
of all his motions and actions within and without.” 
Further, “ Conscience is not the simple judgment and 


156 CHURCH PURITY 


apprehension of things, as things are honourable, but 
it is the power to know things ourselves, and actions, 
in order to obey God and serve him.” Rutherfurd 
condemns scrupulosity as a “fault and disease of the 
conscience, as when it doubts and fears for trifles, 
where there is no grave and weighty cause.” + 

In the second chapter of the treatise there is a great 
deal that is admirably put in opposition to liber- 
tines and Anabaptists, whose objections to synods and 
ecclesiastical decisions of any kind took the form of 
individualism run mad. Rutherfurd here lays down 
certain principles whereby he would distinguish 
liberty from licence, the finding of conscience from 
the caprice of individual opinion. The author of 
Tex Rex; the Law and the Prince is the vindicator 
of law against the lawlessness of short-sighted en- 
thusiasts. So far we can heartily go along with him. 
It is when we come to his application of those prin- 
ciples that we are constrained at times to part com- 
pany with him. 

As often as we do so it may be well for us to bear 
in mind the words of a nineteenth-century historian 
with which we may fitly bring this lecture to a close: 
“‘ And now suppose the Kirk had been the broad, 
liberal, philosophical, intellectual thing which some 
people think it ought to have been, how would it 
have fared in that crusade; how altogether would 
it have encountered those surplices of Archbishop 


1 [A Free Disputation, &c., chap. i. of Conscience and its Nature, pp. 
2, 3, 21.) 


CENSURES AND EXCOMMUNICATION 157 


Laud or those dragoons of Claverhouse? It is hard 
to lose one’s life for a ‘perhaps,’ and philosophical 
belief at the bottom means a ‘ perhaps,’ and nothing 
more. For more than half the seventeenth century, 
the battle had to be fought out in Scotland, which 
in reality was the battle between liberty and des- 
potism ; and where except in an intense, burning 
conviction that they were maintaining God’s cause 
against the devil, could the poor Scotch people have 
found the strength for the unequal struggle which 
was forced upon them? Toleration is a good thing 
in its place; but you cannot tolerate what will not 
tolerate you, and is trying to cut your throat. En- 
lightenment you cannot have enough of, but it must 
be the true enlightenment which sees a thing in all 
its bearings. In these matters the vital questions 
are not always those which appear on the surface ; 
and in the passion and resolution of brave and noble 
men there is often an inarticulate intelligence deeper 
than what can be expressed by words. Action some- 
times will hit the mark, when the spoken word either 
misses it or is but half the truth. On such subjects, 
and with common men, latitude of mind means weak- 
ness of mind. There is but a certain quantity of 
spiritual force in any man. Spread it over a broad 
surface, the stream is shallow and languid; narrow 
the channel, and it becomes a driving force. Hach 
may be well at its own time. The mill-race which 
drives the water-wheel is dispersed in rivulets over 
the meadow at its foot. The Covenanters fought the 


158 CHURCH PURITY 


fight and won the victory, and then, and not till then, 
came the David Humes with their essays on miracles, 
and the Adam Smiths with their political economies, 
and steam-engines, and railroads, and philosophical 
institutions, and all the other blessed or unblessed 
fruits of liberty.” 4 


1James Anthony Froude, Short Studies, 1895. The Influence of the 
Reformation on the Scottish Character. 


LECTURE V 
CHURCH POWER—THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 


THE separate jurisdiction of the civil and ecclesiastical 
authorities was a distinction firmly grasped and clearly 
expressed by the ministers and members of the Re- 
formed Church of Scotland from the earliest times. 
During the pre-reformation period in Scotland this 
distinction was for the most part lost sight of. It 
was Rome’s policy in every Catholic country to assume 
to herself the civil as well as the ecclesiastical power. 
Before the Reformation in Scotland, as in England, all 
the chief offices of State were held by Churchmen. In 
the northern kingdom during minorities bishops were 
regents and chief administrators, under the kings they 
dominated the councils, held the chancellorships, and 
sat as judges in the Court of Session, while they or 
other ecclesiastical persons presided in almost all the 
provincial courts of justice. No man could hope to 
Win in any suit, however just his claim might be, if 
in any way the interests of Church or Churchmen 
would thereby be injuriously affected. Many of 
these ecclesiastical dignitaries were noble’and honour- 
able men; many of them were very certainly quite 
the reverse. But whether good or bad, it was the 
Church which through them considered and deter- 


159 


160 CHURCH POWER 


mined all civil causes. When, therefore, the Reforma- 
tion was accomplished in this country there was no 
considerable body of the nobility qualified by training 
and experience to occupy the highest positions in the 
State, and the ministers of the Reformed Church, many 
of whom as Churchmen had previously served in 
offices of State, were consulted and looked to for 
advice by the lords of the congregation, on whom the 
government of the country and the guidance of affairs 
had devolved. This largely accounts for the frequent 
appearing of our Scottish reformers as political ad- 
visers in times of difficulty ; and it also explains why 
on several occasions requests were made of the 
Assembly to allow certain of their number to act as 

judges in the Court of Session. Such employment of 
- ministers, however, was regarded in the Reformed 
Church of Scotland as undesirable and ordinarily 
improper, and was permitted only in cases that were 
distinctly exceptional. From the very first our 
reformers recognised the separateness of the two 
jurisdictions, and deprecated any action that might 
tend to obliterate or confuse this distinction. In the 
Second Book of Discipline, agreed upon in the General 
Assembly of 1578, only six years after the death of 
Knox, it is expressly declared that the criminal or 
civil jurisdiction in the person of a pastor is a cor- 
ruption. ‘‘ We deny not,” so this document proceeds, 
“in the meantime, but ministers may and should 
assist their princes, when they are required, in all 
things agreeable to the Word, whether it be in council, 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 161 


or Parliament, or otherwise, provided always they 
neither neglect their own charges, nor, through 
flattery of Princes, hurt the public estate of the Kirk. 
But generally, we say, no person, under whatsoever 
title of the Kirk and specially the abused titles in 
Papistry, of Prelates, Convents, and Chapters, ought 
to attempt any act in the Kirk's name, either in Council, 
Parliament, or out of Council, having no commission | 
of the reformed Kirk within this realm.” + 

In regard to this matter of ministers holding any | 
civil office or political appointment, a clearly expressed 
enactment was passed by the General Assembly of 
1638, declaring it both inexpedient and unlawful 
for persons separated unto the gospel to hold civil 
places or offices, as to be justices of peace, to sit and 
determine in council, session, or exchequer, to sit or 
vote in Parliament, to be judges or assessors in any 
civil judicatory ; and presbyteries are ordained to pro- 
ceed with the censures of the Kirk against such as 
shall transgress herein in time coming.” 

In August of the following year the Assembly 
passed an enactment entitled “Act containing the 
Causes and Remedy of the bygone Evils of this Kirk.” 
Under the first of the evils is mentioned the “ giving 
to persons merely ecclesiastical the power of both 
swords, and to persons merely civil the power of the 
keys and Kirk censures.” The fourth cause of sore 

1 [Book of the Universal Kirk of Scotland, Part ii. p. 506. Dunlop’s 
Collections, vol. ii. pp. 793, 794.] 

2 [Acts of the General Assembly of the Church of Scotland, 1638-1842, 


pp. 29, 30.] 
L 


162 CHURCH POWER 


trouble to “the peace of this Kirk and kingdom” is | 
stated to be: “ The civil places and power of Kirkmen, 
their sitting in Session, Council, and Exchequer, their 
riding, sitting, and voting in Parliament, and their 
sitting on\ the Bench as Justices of Peace, which 
according to the constitution of this Kirk, are in- 
compatible with their spiritual sanction, lifting them 
up above their brethren in worldly pomp, and do 
tend to the hinderance of the ministery.”! This act 
of Assembly was ratified and approved by an act of 
the Scottish Parliament. 

During the two periods of Episcopal domination in 
Scotland, in the reigns of James VI. and Charles IL, 
there was a reverting to the old pre-Reformation 
practices. Prelates were promoted to the chief offices 
of State. In a few years after James VI. took pos- 
session of the English throne, John Spottiswoode was 
made Archbishop of Glasgow, a Lord of Session, and 
Privy Councillor for Scotland. In 1635, on the death of 
the Earl of Kinnoul, he was promoted to the high office 
of Lord Chancellor. In this capacity he presided over 
the Court of High Commission, which had unlimited 
jurisdiction, civil and ecclesiastical, in which his 
bishops sat, and which could be constituted with a 
quorum of five, all of whom might be, and generally 
were bishops. There was thus erected in Scotland 
an episcopal court which was absolute, and could 
execute the severest penalties, secular and spiritual, 


1 [Acts of the General Assembly of the Church of Scotland, 1638-1842, 
pp. 36, 37.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 163 


against any one who might be summoned to its bar. ; 
We find the same state of matters again in the years 
immediately following the Restoration. Archbishop 
Sharp, as President of the Council and then as Chan- 
cellor, along with his bishops in the Court of High 
Commission, condemned without any opportunity of 
appeal all who refused to bend to his views in regard 
to the constitution and management of affairs 
church and state, with fines and banishment accord- 
ing to his arbitrary will. During the ascendancy o 
episcopacy the civil government of the country was) 
virtually in the hands of churchmen. 

It thus appears that under the domination of popery 
and prelacy in Scotland the two jurisdictions, civil 
and ecclesiastical, were not kept distinct, but that 
churchmen were allowed to exercise authority in 
both departments, and to judge in civil cases as 
well as in ecclesiastical. The presbyterian Protestant 
Church consistently opposed all such confounding of 
this distinction, and insisted that her ministers should 
take part in civil matters only on occasions of emer- 
gency, and never without the express permission o 
the Church. At the same time, as we have seen, 
the presbyterian Scots of the sixteenth and seven- 
teenth centuries were equally resolved to prevent 
statesmen or any others not having the Church’s 
authority from exercising jurisdiction or giving judg- 
ment in matters ecclesiastical. They were jealous of 
encroachment upon either side. The magistrate and 
the minister each represented a distinct and independ- 


164 CHURCH POWER 


ent jurisdiction, and in their own province the one 
owed no subordination to the other. It will after- 
wards be discussed in what way and how far co- 
ordinate jurisdiction is possible in the country. 
Meanwhile we turn to the history of the Reformed 
Scottish Church to see how the existence of two 
jurisdictions or kingdoms was understood and ex- 
pressed. Reference has often been made to the 
conduct of Andrew Melville in his frequent and 
stormy interviews with King James VL. and in some 
quarters it has been represented that he made wild 
and impracticable demands on behalf of ecclesiastical 
liberty that no self-respecting sovereign could be 
expected for a moment to consider, that with ultra- 
montane arrogance he claimed an authority for the 
Church and her decisions which would make that of 
a king shadowy and incomplete. Even a church 
historian ordinarily so fair-minded and calmly de- 
liberative as the late Principal: John Cunningham 
is inclined to regard Melville’s attitude as preposterous 
and one which no one nowadays would think of 
defending.* Let us examine impartially some of the 
great churchman’s encounters with his sovereign. 


1[“ The King was completely brow-beaten by the violence of Melville 
at Falkland, and was glad to lay aside his testiness and affect to look 
pleased. Such a scene as this reminds us of the days when popes put 
their feet upon the neck of emperors; or when Martin of Tours, at a 
public entertainment, after taking the wine cup himself, pushed it 
past princes to a presbyter, remarking that the humblest of the order 
was superior to kings. . . . The imperious advocate of High Church 
principles, he may be fairly regarded as the Hildebrand of Presbytery. 
He had acquired his opinions in Geneva, where he had lived and taught, 
and where Calvin, differing from the other reformers, had maintained the 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 165 


In February 1584, soon after the young King’s 
escape from the Ruthven lords and the regaining of 
ascendancy by the Earl of Arran, Andrew Melville 
was summoned before the Council, charged with 
having used treasonable language in one of his 
sermons. As Principal of the New College, St 
Andrews, he had preached there a sermon or 
lecture on the words with which Daniel reminded 
Belshazzar of the history of his father Nebuchad- 
nezzar. 

The Earl of Arran, now the King’s chief adviser, and 
a bitter foe of the Church and of Melville in particular, 
sent out spies to listen to the public utterances of all 
the principal persons, and to report anything that 
might seem to afford ground for a charge of criticising 
or condemning any of his proceedings. The St 
Andrews preacher had been warned by one of the 
new courtiers, a friend and relative of his own, that 
attempts were being made to poison the mind of the 
King regarding him, and he was advised to take the 
earliest opportunity of visiting the King and assuring 
him of his loyalty and good faith. This he declined 
to do, on the ground that it might be regarded as 
implying on his part a consciousness of guilt, whereas 
he was certain that none could show that he had ever 
uttered a disloyal sentiment. He would cheerfully 
obey the royal command were his advice required 


autonomy of the Church, and left behind him this old Roman doctrine 
as a special legacy to the Scottish Clergy.” Church History of Scotland, 
vol. i. chap. xv. pp. 433, 470,] 

1 [Sir Robert Melville.] 


166 CHURCH POWER 


about the affairs of the Church, or any explanations 
of his conduct desired. 

When, therefore, he received a mandate on account 
of charges brought against him by Arran’s spies, he 
immediately appeared before the Privy Council. In 
a calm, respectful, and very complete manner he 
repeated the substance of the sermon, declaring that 
he gave the very words used as well as he could 
remember, that he had always maintained the lawful- 
ness of the King’s authority, and that he had spoken 
nothing then or at any other time derogatory to that 
authority. 

He also produced a testimonial from the ‘ Rector, 
Deans of Faculties, Professors, Regents and Masters 
_ within the University of Saint Andrews,” bearing 
thirty signatures, in which they declared that they, 
“continual and diligent auditors of his doctrine, heard 
nothing out of his mouth, neither in doctrine nor 
application, which tended not directly to the glory of 
God, and to the establishment of your Majesty’s 
crown”; that in prayer he always commended the 
King to the Divine protection; that he exhorted 
subjects to be obedient ‘‘ to the meanest magistrates ” ; 
and that all alleged against him to the contrary was 
slanderous calumny. 

Then for the information of the King and the 
Government Melville made a full statement in regard 
to what he actually said on that particular occasion, 


1 [The testimonial with the signatures is given in full by Dr M‘Crie 
in his Life of Andrew Melville, vol. i. note x. pp. 454-56.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 167 


and also in regard to his ordinary manner of 
preaching. 

When the Council, notwithstandingall this, proceeded | 
to the trial of the case in a formal way, the accused | 
preacher at once protested against the jurisdiction thus| 
claimed, on the ground that he was not accused of a civil) 
offence, but of false teaching uttered in the pulpit.’ 
Such a contention before a well-constituted and fairly 
conducted court is discussed without passion, and 
without any notion that the advancing of such an 
objection is in itself any slight or dishonour to the 
court. But on this occasion the King and his 
advisers chose to regard Melville’s objection as a 
rejection of their authority, and an act of contumacy 
and disloyalty. His objection, however, to the juris- 
diction of the Council was not a complete disowning 
the authority of the King and his Council. He simply 
maintained that in the first instance any charge of 
treasonable or objectionable utterance from the pulpit 
should be brought before those courts which had the 
direct oversight of his pastoral conduct. He contended 
that if the Council became aware of any such charge 
it should first call upon the Presbytery of the bounds 
to deal with the case. It is evident that this did not 
prejudice the action of the civil court, if, after pro- 
cedure by the ecclesiastical authorities, it appeared 
that any ground still lay for prosecuting a civil suit.? 
Principal William Robertson will scarcely now be 


1[The question is very fully discussed by Dr M‘Crie in his Life of 
Melville, vol. i. chap. iv. pp. 206 et seq.] 


168 CHURCH POWER 


quoted as an authority in Scottish history; but as a 
Church leader it might have been expected that he 
would have attended to the express words used by 
such a churchman as Andrew Melville. Yet he 
represents Melville as contending that “the Presby- 
tery of which he was a member had the sole right to 
call him to account for words spoken in the pulpit.” 
If this plea had been admitted, he says, “the Protestant 
clergy would have become independent of the civil 
magistrate,” and might have taught “ without fear or 
control the most dangerous principles.” Dr John 
Cunningham, of course, does not make this mistake, 
but he criticises Melville's declinature just as if it had 
been an absolute one? It seems to me that the 
_ declinature on this occasion was eminently reasonable, 
and that in consistency with his principles, which are 
those of our presbyterian Church polity, he could not 
have done less. The meaning of the King’s claim 
must be read in the light of “the Black Acts” passed 
by Parliament a few months later. In these infamous 
enactments the King was declared to be supreme in 
all causes and over all persons, and the declining of 
the royal judgment was pronounced to be treason. 
Without surrendering the case of his Church, Melville 
could not have recognised the King’s supremacy over 
all causes. If the Presbytery, upon its attention being 
called to the matter, failed to take up the case or 


1[ History of Scotland, 1809, vol. ii. p. 425.] 

2[“ Few men will now defend the declinature of Melville: modern 
sense and modern legislation have decided against it.” Church History, 
vol. i. p. 374.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 169 


to give it adequate attention, surely it was time 
enough then for the Council to consider whether 
there were not in it points that fell under its 
jurisdiction.} 

As to the dramatic style in which Melville indi- 
cated that he had scriptural authority for the plea 
which he advanced—“ lowsing a little Hebrew Byble 
fra his belt and clanking it down on the burd before 
the King and Chancelar” ?—we are not to take it for 
granted that he did this rudely or with violence, 
though the formal sentence pronounced against him 
makes this statement. Melville himself promptly 
denied the charge of Arran that he meant to scorn 
the King and Council. ‘No, my lord,” he answered, 
when the Chancellor, opening the book upon the 
table and finding it Hebrew, said, ‘Sir, he scorns 
your Majesty and Council”—‘“I scorn not; but with 
all earnestness, zeal, and gravity, I stand for the 
cause of Jesus Christ and His Kirk.” ¢ 

He was really proceeded against for so often and 
so firmly declining his Majesty’s judgment, and for 


1[“The question was not, Whether ministers be exempt from 
the magistrates’ jurisdiction, nor, Whether the pulpit puts men in 
liberty to teach treason without any civil cognisance and punishment. 
Since the Reformation of religion no man in Scotland did ever assert 
such things. But the question was, as Spotswood himself states it, 
Whether the Council was a competent judge to Master Melville’s 
doctrine im prima instantia: these were the express terms.” Baillie 
in Answer to the Declaration subjoined to Historical Vindication, 1646.] 

2 [James Melville’s Diary, Bannatyne Club Ed., p. 101.] 

3 [“ Ansuering alsua maist proudlie, irreueventlie and contemptu- 
ouslie.” M‘Crie’s Life, vol. i. note v. p. 457.] 

4 [James Melville’s Diary, ut sup., p. 101.] 


170 CHURCH POWER 


objecting to a witness,! against whom, as a malicious 
personal foe who had sworn to do him personal 
violence if he got an opportunity, he had surely good 
cause to object. 

The head of his offending is concisely expressed in 
the form of his sentence to be imprisoned in the Castle 
of Blackness, when it is afirmed that “his Highness 
and not the Kirk is Judge in the first instance in 
causes of treason whatsoever.”? Whether Melville was 
right in his view as to the court of first instance or 
not, let us understand that the making of this claim 
and not the manner of his doing so was the offence 
for which he received sentence. 

It is to be noted that in 1596, twelve years after 
Melville’s trial, David Black, minister of St Andrews, 
had the same charge brought against him of alleging 
that any accusation of uttering treason in the pulpit 
should be in the first instance investigated by the 
Ecclesiastical Court, and defended himself in precisely 
the same way.° 

This was the unanimous opinion of all true Pres- 
byterians, who were by far the most loyal of all the 
inhabitants of Scotland in those days. They could 
perceive no inconsistency between this plea and the pro- 
fession and practice of hearty allegiance to their king. 

Shortly before Black’s trial, in 1595, Melville 
appeared at Falkland under a strong conviction of 


1 [William Stewart, one of the pensioners of the Abbey of St Andrews, 
known as the Accuser from his conduct on the present occasion. } 
2(M‘Crie’s Life, ut sup.] 3 (Ibid. vol. i. chap. vi. pp. 395 et seq.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED sik'g | 


the duty that he owed to his Church and his Prince 
to let the latter know plainly what, little to his 
liking, he had more than once before told him. 
Calling the King “ God’s silly vassal,” and taking him 
by the sleeve, the undaunted presbyter, “ through 
much hot reasoning and many interruptions,” said 
this in effect:—‘‘There are two kings and two 
kingdoms in Scotland. There is Christ Jesus the 
King, and His Kingdom the Kirk, whose subjec 
King James the Sixth is, and of whose kingdom hej 
is not a king, nor a lord, nor a head, but a member. 
And those whom Christ has called and commanded} 
to watch over His Kirk, and govern His spiritual 
Kingdom, have sufficient power of Him, and authority | 
so to do, both together and severally, the which no 
Christian King nor Prince should control or dis- 
charge, but fortify and assist, otherwise they are not} 
faithful subjects nor members of Christ. And, Sir, / 
when you were in your swaddling cloths [cloutes] 
Christ Jesus reigned freely in this land in spite of all 
His enemies, and His officers and ministers convened | 
and assembled for the ruling and weal of His Kirk, | 
which was ever for your welfare, defence, and pre- 
servation also, when these same enemies were seeking 
your destruction and cutting off.” } 

To any one who reads the story of Andrew Mel- 
ville’s life as given in the wonderfully vivid record 
of his genial and talented nephew, he will appear as 
true a statesman as a churchman, loyal as very few, 


1 [James Melville’s Diary, ut sup., pp. 245-46.] 


172 CHURCH POWER 


if any, of the Scottish politicians of that age were 
loyal. He was plain spoken in his interviews with 
King James, not because of any ignoble pleasure 
that he took in showing what liberties he could use 
with the highest in the land, but just because of his 
sincere endeavour to save his sovereign from the 
selfish designs of unprincipled courtiers and from his 
own inconceivable folly. That wretched kingcraft 
on which James prided himself, which was neither 
more nor less than common lying, was enough to 
rouse to indignation a much less inflammable spirit 
than that of Melville. We love him all the more 
for the violence of his ebullitions. ‘‘If my anger 
go downward,” he said to one of his advisers 
counselling prudence, “set your foot on it and put 
it out; but if it go wpward, suffer it to rise to its 
place.” Kings too often have been, and King 
James VI. and his unhappy son were in parti- 
cular, surrounded by an atmosphere of falsehood. 
It is well for them now and again to hear the truth, 
and in such a case the truth could not be told in 
smooth and courtly language. Yet Melville, though 
plain and clear of speech as he needed to be if he 
was to be of any use, was always polite. He always 
respected, and insisted upon others respecting the 
royal prerogative. Dishonour to the King equally 
with dishonour to the Church was dishonour to God. 

Robert Baillie, in his Historical Vindication of the 


1[Livingstone’s Memerable Characteristics. Wodrow Select Biogra- 
phies, vol. i. p. 303.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 173 


Government of the Church of Scotland (1646), wrote 
in reply to the calumnies of two reckless and un- 
principled men, John Maxwell and Patrick Adamson. 
Dr John Maxwell, the deposed Bishop of Ross, declared 
to be an unpardonable incendiary by the Parliament 
of both kingdoms, had written an anonymous tract in 
1644, which he republished with some alterations two 
years afterwards, and entitled, after the absurd fashion 
of the age, The Burden of Issachar. Patrick Adamson, 
Archbishop of St Andrews, had written a vindication 
of the Scottish Court under the title of a Declaration 
of the King’s Mayesty’s Intention and meaning towards 
the late acts of Parliament... Some hot-headed 
Independent or Sectary had republished these two 
pamphlets, thinking them injurious to the cause of 
the Presbyterians.? His reply to Maxwell, Baillie 
entitles The Unloading of Issachar’s Burden; and 
certainly, if he tossed out the stuff somewhat roughly, 
he emptied the bag very completely and threw it 
aside quite collapsed. In dealing with Adamson’s so- 
called King’s Declaration, Baillie showed from the 
writer's own confession that the Archbishop was the 
actual author of it, and that it contained vile and un- 
founded aspersions on the banished lords and on the 

1 [Full information regarding this tract will be found in the Wodrow 
Miscellany, pp. 473-76. It is given at length in Calderwood’s History, 
vol. iv. pp. 254-69.] 

2[“ At this time” (June 26th, 1646) “ I yoke with Maxwell and 
Adamson, who, with based pamphlets, have done our Church here much 
harm. The Sectaries, of purpose, reprinted their books, and carefully 


spread them ; but I shall make them repent it.” Baillie’s Letters and 
Journals, vol. ii. p. 7.] 


174 CHURCH POWER 


proceedings of the Church. It was part of James's 
despicable kingcraft to authorise and make use of 
such a document as long as possible and when it 
became evident that it could no longer be used, to 
throw the blame of its design and publication upon 
another. In his replies to both these pamphlets, Baillie 
in a thoroughly manly and reasonable way defends 
Melville, upon whom a large share of the abuse had 
fallen. He repudiates as an utterly baseless calumny 
the statement advanced by both Maxwell and Adam- 
son that the ministers of the sixteenth century 
claimed that any one preaching heresy should not be 
summoned before the civil authorities and punished 
by them. All Melville’s plea, says Baillie, was that 
a minister of the Church of Scotland and a member 
of the University of St Andrews, being privileged 
by the law of the kingdom, was not necessitated at 
the first instance to answer before the Privy Council 
for a passage of his sermon which most falsely was 
said to be treasonable. This was just the position 
maintained by Scottish Churchmen without modi- 
fication from the Reformation onward. Melville’s 
claim was the claim of Rutherfurd, Gillespie, Baillie, 
and all true constitutional Presbyterians. What none 
of them happily could ever be persuaded to tolerate 
was the assumption on the King’s part of universal 
supremacy over all causes civil and ecclesiastical. 
Had this been allowed it would have put an individual, 
the King, not always wise, indeed very seldom so, 
irresponsibly above all laws human and divine. 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 175 


Well for us, surely as citizens as well as churchmen, 
that in this point our ecclesiastical forefathers re- 
solutely refused to yield a single inch. Maxwell and 
Adamson were both influenced against the discipline 
of the Church of Scotland asa child’s wrath is kindled 
against the rod that scourges him, and as a dog snarls 
at the stone that hits him. They represented the 
General Assembly as exercising a tyrannical power 
in matters alike of Church and State. Baillie answers 
that the Assembly never sought to exercise any powers 
but those which the King and the constitution of the 
realm authorise. At the same time our Scottish ec- 
clesiastics have always been careful to maintain that 
this power did not come to them by the permission of 
the King nor from the authority of the State. They 
had their jurisdiction from the same source as the 
King had his. There was no idea on their part that 
they owed their jurisdiction to the civil power. With 
them ecclesiastical jurisdiction is an ordinance of God ; 
it would be treason and disloyalty on the Churchman’s 
part were he to submit himself to any human authority. 
Church and State have co-ordinate jurisdictions. 
Hach had its own well-defined sphere. The duty of 
the State towards the Church is, not only to abstain 
from all interference, but also to take order that no 
one use violence in resisting or restraining the Church 
from the free exercise of her powers. Each may advise 
the other, but the one ought not to dictate to the other. 

All our old Scottish divines use the term jurisdic- 
tion, and they all apply it to that power of govern- 


176 CHURCH POWER 


ment that is inherent in the Church and which she 
has directly from God. Thus John Welsh of Ayr, 
writing from Blackness in 1606, states as the special 
cause of his imprisonment these two points: “ First, 
that Christ is the Head of His Church; secondly, 
that she is free in her government from all other 
jurisdiction except Christ’s.” + 

Precisely to the same effect had the Church of 
Scotland in 1585 addressed the King in certain 
Animadversions of offences conceived upon the Acts 
of Parliament | Black Acts] made im the year 1584. 
“The power of binding and loosing,” said “the 
commissioners of the Kirk to the King’s Majesty a 
the Parliament of Linlithgow,” ‘‘ which is called the 
power of the keys of the kingdom of heaven, con- 
sisteth not only in these points [preaching and 
ministration of sacraments], but also in judgment, 
jurisdiction and removing of offences out of the Kirk 
of God, and excommunication to be pronounced 
against the disobedient, by these that are office- 
bearers within the same.... To confound the 
jurisdictions civil and ecclesiastical, is that thing 
wherein all men of good judgment have justly found 
fault with the Pope of Rome, who claimeth to himself 
the power of both the swords; which is als [as] 
great a fault to a civil magistrate to claim or usurp, 
and specially to judge upon doctrine, errors, and 


1 [Letter to Dame Lilias Graham, Countess of Wigton. This famous 
letter of Welsh is given in full by Wodrow in his History of Mr John 
Welsh. Select Biographies, vol. i. pp. 18-26, and abridged in Young’s 
Infe of John Welsh, chap. viii. pp. 252-57. ] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 177 


heresies, he not being placed in ecclesiastical function 
to interpret the Scriptures. . . . And it is of truth, 
that there is a spiritual jurisdiction granted to the 
Kirk of God by His Word (which maketh no de- 
rogation to the jurisdiction of earthly princes) whereof 
the office-bearers within the Kirk in this realm have 
been in peaceable possession and use these twenty- 
four years by-past, with the exercise whereof followed 
no trouble, but great quietness in the Kirk and Com-, 
monwealth.” } 

The Second Book of Discipline, “according to 
which the Church Government is established by 
law, 1592 and 1690,” declares in the opening chapter 
that ‘the Kirk has a certain Power granted by God, 
according to the which it uses a proper Jurisdiction 
and Government, exercised to the comfort of the Kirk. 
This Power ecclesiastical is an authority granted by God 
the Father, through the Mediator Jesus Christ unto His 
Kirk gathered, and having the ground in the Word of 
God, to be put in execution by them unto whom the 
spiritual Government of the Kirk by lawful calling is 
committed. . . . This Power is diversely used. For 
sometimes it is severally exercised, chiefly by the 
Teachers, sometimes conjunctly by mutual consent of 
them that bear the office and charge, after the form of 
Judgment. The former is commonly called potestas 
ordinis, and the other potestas jurisdictions. These 
two kinds of Power have both one Authority, one 
Ground, one final Cause, but are different in the 


1 [Calderwood’s History, vol. iv. pp. 450-453. ] 
M 


178 CHURCH POWER 


Manner and Form of Execution, as is evident by the 
speaking of our Master in the sixteenth and eighteenth 
of Matthew.” } 

In June 1592 the Scottish Parliament passed an act 
ratifying the General Assemblies, Provincial Synods, 
Presbyteries, and particular Sessions of the Church, 
and declaring them, with the jurisdiction and disct- 
pline belonging to them, to be in all time coming 
most just, good and godly, notwithstanding whatso- 
ever statutes, acts and laws, canon, civil, or municipal, 
made to the contrary. This important statute was 
re-enacted and ratified in the Revolution Settlement 
of 1690, and still continues to be the charter of the 
Church of Scotland’s liberties.” 

At this point and in this connection I wish to call 
- attention to a lecture by the Rev. Dr Mair of Earlston 
on Jursdiction in Matters Ecclesiastical. Dr 
Mair insists upon giving an extremely narrow and 
highly technical interpretation of the term jurisdiction. 
After calling attention to the fact that the Statute 
book of the kingdom makes acknowledgment of the 
truth that ‘‘ The Lord Jesus, as king and head of His 
Church hath therein appointed a government in the 
hand of Church officers, distinct from the civil 


1 [Dunlop’s Collections, vol. ii. p. 760.] 

2 [Act Parl. Scot. iii. 541. “This statute has the vague and unde- 
scriptive title of ‘Act for abolishing of the actis contrair the true 
religioun.”” M‘Crie’s Life of Melville, vol. i. chap. v. p. 319 n.] 

3 [Jurisdiction in Matters Ecclesiastical being part of a Lecture delivered 
in the University of Edinburgh. By the Rev. William Mair, D.D., 
Earlston. Author of “Digest of Church Law,” etc. etc. William 
Blackwood & Sons, 1896.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 179 


magistrate,” he remarks that in his judgment “it 
ought to be very gratifying to the whole Church of 
Christ that the Statute-book of the United Kingdom of 
Great Britain and Ireland bears” such an acknowledg- 
ment. But important and gratifying as this acknowledg- 
ment is supposed to be to the whole Church of Christ, 
“it would be practically worthless,” says Dr Mair, “‘ but 
for another great fact.” That great fact is stated in 
these terms: “The State not only acknowledges in 
the Church a right and power bestowed by heaven, 
but itself also makes a grant to the Church of another 
corresponding but distinct power, viz., the power or 
right to exercise within the kingdom of Scotland that 
power which is acknowledged to belong to it from its 
connection with the kingdom of heaven—to exercise 
it without challenge, as freely as the courts of the 
earthly kingdom execute their powers. It is evident 
from history and logic alike that the State might have 
refused this. It is this power granted by the State 
that is called jurisdiction.” 

Here I would call attention to a difference in 
expression which distinguishes the important Act of 
1592 from the statement of Dr Mair. The statute of 
Parliament “decerns and declares” the jurisdiction 
and discipline “to be maist just, gude, and godlie in 
themselves.” Dr Mair speaks of the State as making 
a grant of power to exercise an acknowledged right, 
and calls this the conferring of jurisdiction. It is 
evidently jurisdiction in one sense that the Act of 
Parliament declares, and jurisdiction in another sense 


180 CHURCH POWER 


that according to the lecturer the State confers upon 
the Church. The jurisdiction of which the statute 
speaks is a power inherent in the Church of Christ, 
whether established or non-established. The Church 
has it altogether independently of any attitude hostile 
or friendly which the State may assume towards 
her. Of course the civil power may refuse to acknow- 
ledge it, just as Edward I. refused to acknowledge 
Scotland’s independence ; and it may, by the applica- 
tion of force, put an outward and physical restraint 
upon as many Church members as come within its 
sweep from exercising that jurisdiction. As Edward 
was able to torture and slay the patriot Wallace, but 
was not able to overthrow or destroy the independence 
of the nation, so James had it in his power to im- 
prison and banish Andrew Melville. He could silence 
and outlaw godly ministers for affirming the inde- 
pendent jurisdiction of Christ’s Church, but only in 
the same way as brutal highwaymen may overpower 
the unarmed and comparatively feeble wayfarer. It 
is certainly misleading to introduce the statement, as 
Dr Mair does, that the State might refuse to make a 
grant to the Church of power to exercise her juris- 
diction. That statement ought to bear the meaning, 
which, however, it cannot bear that the State has it 
in its option to make this grant or to withhold it. 
For in reality the civil power has no grant to make ; 
it has simply to observe and keep within the limits of 
its own jurisdiction. 


The Church that stands by the Second Book of 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 181 


Discipline, agreed upon in the General Assembly of 
1578, revived and ratified by the Assembly of 1638, 
and recognised as the true and approved government 
of the Church by the Parliaments of 1592 and 1690, 
can never admit the conferring on her of a power by 
the State to exercise a right, or a power, or juris- 
diction, or whatever else you please, for this she had 
exercised independently of any other, before ever the 
State had even declared her jurisdiction, or thought of 
offering to grant her the power of exercising it. For 
thirty years at least the Church of Scotland exercised 
this power before the State declared that she had it. 
The exercise of this Church power is in no way 
determined by the State assuming either to grant 
or to withhold it. During the period referred to the 
Church had her courts in which, and by means of 
which, she exercised the powers that she claimed to 
have of inherent right without waiting to obtain any 
power from the State, without apparently entertaining 
any notion that she had no jurisdiction until she 
received such grant of power from the State. 

Then further, it is quite evident that our Church 
fathers and contemporary statesmen had no such 
understanding of the term jurisdiction as that which 
Dr William Mair assumes, With them jurisdiction 
did not mean a grant of power to use a power, but 
that power itself which they regarded as embracing in 
it the power to use it. According to them jurisdiction 
was the power to determine and judge in all matters 
pertaining to the Church; and the Church possessing 


182 CHURCH POWER 


this exclusive power was not any particular church, or 
necessarily a church possessing any sort of State 
connection or sanction, but the Church of Christ, in 
her corporate capacity exercising her powers through 
regularly constituted courts. These courts were insti- 
tuted by the Church herself. Such an institution of 


them made them courts of the Church. There were 


Sessions, Presbyteries and Assemblies in which juris- 
diction was exercised, before any recognition was given 
to them by the State. They were as truly courts 
before, as they were after, that recognition was 
given. 

Dr Mair says that to “managing bodies” of 
denominations in Scotland other than that of the 
Established Church “the word ‘court’ is not allowed 
except in courtesy.”! If this were so, then it would 
necessarily follow—what some have actually said, 
though Dr Mair is too courteous to affirm it—that 
all religious bodies in Scotland except the Established 


1[Dr Mair is explaining the position taken up by the Judges of 
the Court of Session in the Cardross case of 1858 and the Auchter- 
gaven one of 1870. The position, according to Dr Mair, differed in 
these two cases in this way: “If the body complained of has juris- 
diction in the matter in hand, whatever that matter may be, the civil 
court has not jurisdiction and will not interfere. This was declared 
to be the case of our Church [in the Auchtergaven case]. If the body 
complained of has no jurisdiction [the Free Church condition in the 
Cardross case], the relation of its members to one another and to its 
managing bodies (for the word ‘ court’ is not allowed except in courtesy) 
is that of contract, and the proceedings are subject to review, and to 
reduction to the effect of giving damages, whatever the matter of the 
contract. The judges do not, as is asserted, insist on construing their 
relations as civil contract. The two positions (and there are no other) 
are jurisdiction or contract, whether in things spiritual or civil. In our 
Church it is jurisdiction, and in the others contract.” Lecture, p. 15.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 183 


Church are only by courtesy called churches. It is 
the Church as such that claims to constitute these 
courts, and if a religious body cannot itself constitute 
these courts it can only be because it is not a church 
in the strict and accurate use of the word. 

The United Free Church of Scotland claims to be 
of the Church of Scotland, not in the exclusive sense 
of unchurching any Christian body in the realm 
acting through regularly constituted courts, but as 
being one of the branches of the Church of Christ in 
the land. All the elements of which the United 
Church is composed—Seceders and Relief men, Free 
Churchmen, Original Seceders, and Reformed Pres- 
byterians—have never by their courts or in their 
authoritative documents said or done anything to 
invalidate their claim to be still within the Church 
of Scotland, though not within the Establishment. 
If they were of the Church before their repudiation 
of State encroachment and interference, they are of 
the Church still. 

It seems to me that Dr Mair’s endeavour to rid 
himself and his Church from the reproach of main- 
taining an Erastian theory of the relation of Church 
and State has not been successful. He not only 
allows the State to grant a power of exercising a 
heaven-given right, which right admittedly it never 
did and never can confer, he also allows the State 
to declare that that only is the Church which accepts 
of this grant of power, and then, by just and 
necessary consequence, he allows the State to un- 


184 CHURCH POWER 


church all bodies of Christians who do not accept 
from it this grant of jurisdiction, by refusing to 
admit that they can exercise the rights of a Church 
by constituting their “ managing bodies” into Courts 
of Christ’s Church. This, in my judgment, is rank 
Erastianism, not a whit modified by the attempt to 
represent the assumption of the State as the granting 
of a power to exercise a power, and not the granting 
of that power itself. 

The earlier Scottish churchmen, Gillespie, Ruther- 
furd, Baillie, Brown, and a host of others are- most 
pronounced in their opposition to EHrastianism in 
every shape and form. MRutherfurd keenly opposes 
the views of the Anglican Erastians, Bilson, Hooker 
and such like, who made Christ’s Kingdom altogether 
7 spiritual, mystical and invisible, so that Christ is not 
a King to bind the external man or to care for the 
external government of His own house, which, like 
all other external things, they understand to belong to 
the civil magistrate. This theory they had derived 
from Constantine, who said to the bishops of his day: 
“God has made you bishops of the internal affairs of 
the Church, but He has appointed me the bishop of 
its external affairs.” In opposition to this the Scottish 
theologian maintained that ‘“‘ He who is the only Head, 
Lord, and King of His Church must govern the politic, 
external body His Church perfectly by laws of His 
own spiritual policy; and that more perfectly than 
any earthly monarch or state doth their subjects, or 

1 [See Note on page 190.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 185 


any commanders, or any lord, or master of family 
doth their army, soldiers, and members of their 
family.” } 

As to the duty of the magistrate in reference to the¢ 
Church there are differences of opinion and statement | 
among Scottish ecclesiastical writers. They were all 
convinced that the magistrate ought to interest him- 
self actively in the affairs of the Church, so as to 
secure to it the unhindered exercise of all its powers 
and privileges ; that he ought not only to discourage 
but to suppress any sect or heresy whose presence in | 


the land would be inimical to the interests of the | 


Church ; and that it is especially his duty to provide | 
for the maintenance of ministers and for the erectionand | 
upholding of a sufficient number of edifices throughout 
the land, so that the people everywhere may con-| 
veniently attend the preaching of the Word. Durham, 
in his Dying Man’s Testament to the Church of Scot- 
land, or Treatise concerning Scandal, goes further. 
He holds that the civil ruler may order subjects “to | 
keep the Ordinances.” This, he says, “is but a con-| 
straining of them to the means whereby Religion 
worketh, and a making them, as it were, to give God 
a hearing, leaving their yielding and consenting to 
Him, when they have heard Him, to their own wills, 
which cannot be forced; yet it is reason that, when 
God cometh by His Ordinances to treat with a people, 


that a magistrate should so far respect His glory and. 


) 
| 


1 Rutherfurd’s Divine Right of Church Government and Excommuna- 
cation, 1646. Section II. p. 13. 


186 CHURCH POWER 


their good as to interpose his authority to make them, 
hear.”! Besides this, Durham requires the magistrate} 
in many ways to interfere in matters that to us seem 
quite outside of his jurisdiction. If ministers and 
Church officers are negligent then magistrates may 
and ought to “put” them to their duty in trying, 
discovering, convincing, etc., such as by their corrupt 
doctrine may hazard others.”? He is to inhibit 
heretics from venting their doctrines, not forcing 
their consciences, but only restraining them from 
hurting those of others. If heretics utter and publish 
corrupt doctrine the magistrate “may and ought to 
destroy such books . . . and inhibit and stop print- 
ing of them, or actual selling, spreading or transport- 
ing of them,” as he would stop the “carrying of 
suspected or forbidden goods. For it is no just liberty 
to have liberty to hurt others.”* Again, the magis- 
trate ‘“‘may and ought to restrain idle and vagabond 
travelling of such suspected persons” and “ constrain 
them to follow some lawful occupation and to be 
diligent therein.” 4 Finally, the civil ruler ‘‘ may and 
ought to restrain and censure all blasphemous and 
irreverent expressions and speeches against the Majesty 
of God and His Ordinances, and all calumnies and 
bitterness against faithful Ministers or Professors. . . 
and to make such incapable of public places of trust, 
and remove them from such.” 5 


1 [Durham on Scandal, Part III. chap. xiv. p. 231.] 
2 [Ibid. p. 232.] 3 [Ibid.] 4 [Ibid. pp. 232, 3.] 
6 [Ibid. p. 233.] 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 187 


All these functions of the magistrate, however, are 
evidently not interferences with the external govern- 
ment of the Church, but rather assistance given to 
secure the execution of ecclesiastical decisions. The 
only apparent exception is the injunction to the 
magistrate to urge negligent office-bearers to take up 
and deal with cases of false teaching. At most this 
amounted only to the civil court calling the attention 
of ecclesiastics to some case apparently overlooked, 
and asking that an investigation should be made, 
without in any way interfering with the process or 
the judgment. 

George Gillespie puts the relation of the magistrate| 
to the Church thus: He is keeper, defender, and 
guardian of both tables, but neither judge nor inter- 
preter of Scripture. The power of the Christia 
magistrate is cumulative not privative in relation t 
the Church. He may and ought to act with, bu 
neither for nor against Church officers. Gillespie! 
expresses the distinction of things inward and things 
outward differently from Rutherfurd ; but his mean- | 
ing is found to be practically the same. ee 
to him the external inspection or administration of 
the magistrate in relation to religion is twofold : First, | 
corrective, by external punishment ; second, auxiliary, 
by external benefit and adminicles. The Church’s 
part is directive—she directs the magistrate. He 
says to the Church as Moses said to Hobab, Thou 
mayst be to us imstead of eyes. The magistrate’s 

1 Aaron’s Rod Blossoming, p. 116. 


188 CHURCH POWER 


part is coercive in compelling the obstinate and 
unruly to submit to the presbyterial or synodical 
sentence.* 

With all their differences in the practical working 
out of the doctrine the old theologians of Scotland 
were unanimous in maintaining that there is only 
one Head of the Church, and that He is Head over 
all that pertains to the Church. It is here, by their 
maintaining the exclusive Headship of Christ, that 
they show themselves thoroughgoing Anti-Erastians. 
Everything belonging to the doctrine worship, govern- 
ment and discipline of the Church must be deter- 
mined by Christ as its Head. To Him the Church 
must be subject not in some things, but in all things. 
These divines are not forgetful of the universal Lord- 
ship of Christ. They are well aware of, and often 
bring to remembrance the fact that not only were all 
things created by Him, but also for Him, that He is 
Lord of all. He is Lord over all men, Turk and 
Pagan as well as Christian. The conduct of all His 
creatures ought to be determined by His will. He 
has expressed His will toward all as Lord, and 
upon them He may enforce His will by the outward 
influences of His providences and the external opera- 
tions of His laws. But Christ is Head over all 
things only to His Church. As such He expresses 
and enforces His will differently from the way in 
which He expresses and enforces it as Lord. The 
Lord stands outside and issues His commands as to 

1 Aaron’s Rod Blossoming, p. 122. 


THE JURISDICTION CLAIMED 189 


subjects and servants who wait listening for the word 
of command coming to them from without. The 
Head is part of the organism from which go forth 
to the several members, not only directions but also 
inclinations and enablings for the doing of that which 
is required. 

In opposition to the Socinians of their day, who 
held that Jesus Christ is King only as Mediator, 
with no such universal kingship as would prove 


Him to be the equal of God the Father, the early 


theologians of Scotland distinguished a twofold, 


kingdom of the Lord Jesus Christ. As the Eternal 
Son of God He is King over all creatures, but as 
Mediator He is Head of His own people in His 
own Church only. With the Reformed theologians 
generally they distinguished a Kingdom of Christ 
that is natural to Him and a Kingdom that is 
bestowed upon Him. 

It is as Mediator that Christ governs His Church, 
tuling in it with undivided sway, through officers 
of his own appointment who govern in His name 
and according to His laws. No one can be allowed 
to share His rule. The one Head, the Divine 
Mediator, has no vicar upon earth, either Prince or 
Priest. The power of the Church, the sole source 
of her jurisdiction lies in this, that He to whom All 
authority hath been given in heaven and on earth is 
Head over all things to the Church, and has said 
to the members of His Church, Lo, I am with you 
always, even unto the end of the world. 


NOTE. 


It is right to say that Dr Mair, having seen a 
report of this Lecture as delivered, has written pro- 
testing strongly against his being ranked or regarded 
as an Erastian, and he claims to have made it manifest 
that he strenuously opposes what he is here said to 
have accepted. No one can wish to impute to Dr 
Mair an opinion he disclaims. But his statements 
and his arguments are open to discussion. Dr Mair 
based his defence of the position of his church on the 
distinction, as he explains it, between jurisdiction and 
power of government. Mr Macpherson held that Dr 
Mair’s explanation and application of this distinction 
gave away the spiritual liberty which Dr Mair pro- 
fessed to defend. ‘The reader must be left to form his 
own conclusion. 


190 


LECTURE VI. 


WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS OF 
DIVINE RIGHT. 


OnE of the many interesting figures in the West- 
minster Assembly, of whom we know little and would 
like to know much, is Dr Thomas Coleman, Orientalist 
and Hrastian. He was a man held in high esteem for 
his learning and his eloquence. From his early rural 
charge in Lincolnshire he had been driven by the 
Cavaliers. He then served the Church in one of the 
London parishes, and was chosen as a member of the 
venerable Assembly, and took an active part in its 
debates. He ranged himself as a vigorous supporter 
of Hrastian views, alongside of Selden, Lightfoot, 
Hussey and Pryne. Of all the divines at Westminster, 
only Lightfoot and he advocated thoroughgoing 
Erastianism. Their arguments turned mainly upon 
a particular understanding, interpretation and appli- 
cation, of Old Testament institutions. 

On the 30th July 1645 Coleman was appointed to 
preach before the House of Commons. In his auditory 
on that occasion he had a much larger number of 
sympathisers than he had among the divines. He 
took the opportunity to express his mind clearly and 


strongly as to the Christian magistrate as such bein 
gly g § 
191 


192 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


a governor in the Church. Before this, on two 
important occasions, he had argued in the Assembly 
against the opinion that the eighteenth chapter of 
St Matthew and the fifth chapter of First Corinthians 
set forth any distinction between civil and ecclesias- 
tical government. In his sermon he maintained that 
the pressing of the Divine Right was the chief cause 
of disunion and difference in the Assembly. Two 
parties, he said, had come up to their meetings with 
biased judgments. The Commissioners from Scotland 
were for the Divine Right of presbytery; the In- 
dependents for that of congregational government. 
His advice was that they should establish as few 
things as possible by Divine Right. If a claim of 
that kind be made on behalf of any institution let it 
be made good by Scripture that clearly proves the 
case. As for himself he could never understand how 
in one state there could be two co-ordinate govern- 
ments exempt from relative superiority and inferiority. 
He knew of no Scripture which supported any such 
notion. The fifth chapter of First Corinthians did 
not lay hold of his conscience for excommunication ; 
and as for the eighteenth chapter of St Matthew he 
wondered that anyone should ever have thought of so 
applying it. For ruling elders and church discipline 
he found no Divine or scriptural warrant. This being 
so, he said, lay no more burden of government upon 
the shoulders of ministers than Christ hath plainly 
laid upon them. Of other work they already have 
abundance to exercise their;energies and occupy their 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 193 


time. “As the King of Sodom said to Abraham, Give 
me the persons and take the goods to thyself, so say I, 
Give us the doctrine, take you the government.” 
Christ has placed a government in the Church : but of 
government, said Coleman, distinct from magistracy, 
I find no trace. This government of the Christian 
magistrate is given to Christ as Mediator in His 
Church. 

This, of course, was rank, undisguised Erastianism. 
It was not merely an avowal of State interference in 
Church affairs, but the denial of Church government 
altogether. It was an unreserved acceptance and 
application ‘of the dictum of Constantine ; God made 
you churchmen bishops of the internal affairs of the 
Church ; but He has made me the bishop of its external 
affairs. By the internal affairs of the Church, Con- 
stantine and Coleman understood preaching and the 
administration of the sacraments; by the external her 
government and discipline in all their departments. 
All this was perfectly to the taste of the Erastians in 
the House of Commons. 

Coleman’s sermon, however, was regarded as highly 
offensive by the Assembly of Divines. The delivery 
of it at that particular juncture and occasion seemed 
little short of contempt. For just before this the 
Assembly had been for some time occupied in drawing 
up a petition for presentation to the House of 
Commons. The object of the document was to secure 
the establishment of church courts by which dis- 


cipline might be exercised so that ignorant and 
N 


194 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


scandalous persons might be debarred from the Lord’s 
Table, and thus that holy ordinance guarded from 
profanation and contempt. It was ready for pre- 
sentation when Coleman, apparently the only member 
of the Assembly who had opposed the petition, fore- 
stalled the action of the body to which he belonged 
by discussing the subject at length in his sermon, and 
endeavouring to prejudice the Commoners against the 
document which, only two days later, would be laid 
before them. This was sharp practice. Naturally 
the Assembly resented the unfair advantage of his 
position which the preacher had taken. On the day 
following the delivery of the sermon, Coleman was 
called to account in the Jerusalem Chamber, and it 
was proposed to make a representation to the House 
- of Commons upon the subject. Meantime an oppor- 
tunity was given the offender of explaining or 
retracting what had given offence. Although he 
could not conscientiously retract, he expressed himself 
as sorry for having given offence, and promised not 
to increase that offence by publishing the discourse. 
Those, however, who had been gratified by his ex- 
position and defence of their Erastian opinions, 
prevailed upon him to withdraw this promise, and 
the sermon was published. 

George Gillespie of Edinburgh had preached before 
the House of Lords shortly after Coleman’s appearance 
in the other House. He took no particular notice of 
Coleman’s performance or the subject with which it 
dealt. The publication, however, seemed to the eager 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 195 


young Scottish controversialist a challenge to enter 
the lists and to demolish what appeared to him 
the groundless and mischievous statements of the 
Erastian champion. In the controversy that ensued 
Gillespie wrote three tracts: A Brotherly Examina- 
tion,| Nihil Respondes,? and Male Audis? Coleman, 
he contended, had offered four rules as tending to unity 
and the healing of prevailing controversies about 
Church government. But the proposed cure was 
worse than the disease. Instead of bringing about 
agreement he would have his hand against every man 


1[A Brotherly Examination of some passages of Mr Coleman’s late 
sermon upon Job xi. 20, as it is now printed and published. By which 
he hath to the great offence of very many endeavoured to strike at the 
very root of all spiritual and ecclesiastical government, contrary to the 
Word of God, the Solemn League and Covenant, other Reformed 
Churches, and the votes of the honourable Houses of Parliament, after 
advice had with the reverend and learned Assembly of Divines. By 
George Gillespie, Minister at Edinburgh, London, 1645.] 

2 [Nihil Respondes ; or, A Discovery of the extreme unsatisfactoriness 
of Mr Coleman’s Piece, published last week under the title of “A 
Brotherly Examination re-examined.” Wherein his self-contradictions ; 
his yielding of somethings, and not answering to other things objected 
against him; his abusing of Scripture; his errors in Divinity ; his 
abusing of the Parliament and endangering their authority ; his abusing 
of the Assembly ; his calumnies, namely, against the Church of Scot- 
land and against myself ; the repugnancy of his doctrine to the Solemn 
League and Covenant :—are plainly demonstrated. By George Gillespie, 
Minister at Edinburgh. London, 1645.] 

3 [Male Audis ; or, An Answer to Mr Coleman’s Male Dicis ; Wherein 
the repugnancy of his Erastian doctrine to the Word of God, to the 
Solemn League and Covenant, and to the Ordinances of Parliament ; 
also his contradictions, tergiversations, heterodoxies, calumnies, and per- 
verting of testimonies, are made more apparent than formerly. Together 
with some animadyersions upon Mr MHussey’s plea for Christian 
magistracy ; showing that in divers of the aformentioned particulars he 
hath miscarried as much as, and in some particulars more than, Mr 
Coleman. By George Gillespie, Minister at Edinburgh. London, 1646.] 


196 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


and every man’s hand against him. Gillespie at once 
joins issue with the Erastian over his treatment of the 
jus divinum, the claim of Divine Right in the deter- 
mining of Church government. Coleman had said, 
“ Establish as few things by divine right as can well 
be.” This would mean, said the Scot, “as little fine 
gold, and as much dross as can well be. What you 
take from the word of God is fine ‘gold tried in the 
fire’; but an holy thing of man’s devising is the dross 
of silver.” And so Gillespie would have as many 
things established jure divino as can possibly be. 
With the skill of a trained and experienced con- 
troversialist he insisted in tying down his antagonist 
to the precise point in dispute. It was not, “‘ Whether 
this or that form of Church government be jure divino ; 
- but, whether a Church government be jure divino.” 
This brings out clearly what our old divines mean 
when in their discussions on Church government they 
plead for a Divine Right. They insisted that any 
scheme of Church government which a particular or 
national Church proposed to set up must make good 
its claim from the precept and pattern of Scripture. 
This claim of a jus divinum is often represented as an 
arrogant assumption. But it should be remembered 
that it has been and is made, not only by presbyterians, 
but also by episcopalians and by congregationalists. 
It may be, and often has been very arrogantly ex- 
pressed. The arrogancy, however, is in the manner 
of expressing the claim, not in the claim itself. To 
claim for presbytery, prelacy or congregationalism a 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 197 


Divine Right is arrogant only if those making the 
claim have not considered and made good the fact as 
to whether there is such a thing as Divine Right in 
Church government at all. 

Coleman says there is no such thing as Divine 
Right in the Church because there is no such thing as 
Church government. Government, according to him, 
is only in the hands of the Christian magistrate.1_ As 
Gillespie shows this is really equivalent to a fourth 
claim for Divine Right, that of the Erastian alongside 
of those of the Presbyterian, the Episcopalian and the 
Independent. The Erastian claims that there is a jus 
divinum for the magistrate rather than for the ruling 
elder, the prelate or the body of the Christian people 
exercising the government in ecclesiastical affairs. In 
contradistinction to the other three he asserts that of 
the four departments—doctrine, worship, government 
and discipline—only the firsttwo are under the direction 
of Church officers, while the other two are under the 
control of the civil power. Thus the Erastian claims 
for his theory the sanction of a Divine Right. 

Coleman, no less than Rutherfurd and Gillespie, 
argued from Scripture texts, and like them, too, 
largely relied upon Old Testament patterns and 
examples. Selden, Lightfoot and Coleman were all 
great rabbinists, and often dazzled and disconcerted 


1[“ A Christian magistrate, as a Christian magistrate, is a governor 
in the Church. Of other governments, beside magistracy, I find no 
institution ; of them I do. .. . To rob the kingdom of Christ of the 
magistrate, and his governing power, I cannot excuse, no, not from a 
kind of sacrilege, if the magistrate be His.” Sermon ut sup.] 


198 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


their opponents by displays of curious, out of the way 
erudition. Gillespie meets them on their own chosen 
field, and in the first Book of Aaron's Rod Blossom- 
ing, consisting of thirteen chapters and an appendix, 
sets himself to prove that Jewish “Church govern- 
ment supplies arguments in his favour rather than 
against his position. 

Through seventy-four large, closely-printed pages 
he labours to show that the Jewish State and the 
Jewish Church were distinct, that there was among 
the Jews an ecclesiastical excommunication, and that 
scandalous, notorious and presumptuous offenders 
against the moral law, though circumcised and not 
ceremonially unclean, were excluded from participa- 
_ tion in the sacrament of the Passover. 

All the parties, therefore, who engaged in this 
debate were agreed that a Divine Right of Church 
government existed; they differed as to what form 
of government could make this claim. 

The real point in dispute was not quite fairly put 
by Coleman when he said, Establish as few things 
as possible by Divine Right. But the question was 
not how many or how few things should have Divine 
Right claimed for them, but rather what things have 
a right to the claim. I am quite aware of the 
importance of forbearing to make a claim of right on 
behalf of details of worship and government which 
are not clearly determined by any principle laid down 
in the Word of God. I believe mistakes have been 
made by representatives of all the different parties 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 199 


claiming Scripture prescription for institutions and 
ceremonies which are not prescribed, at least in 
regard to their particular pattern or details. We 
may consider at a later stage how far and in what 
instances our Church fathers erred in seeking to bind 
by an inflexible and unalterable rule of Divine Right 
what God had left unbound. Meanwhile we shall 
consider how the Scottish divines of the seventeenth 
century support their claim of a Divine Right on 
behalf of Presbytery. 

It must be quite evident that such a claim when 
put forth in that interest is an exclusive one. So 
long as I make no claim for any one particular form 
of ecclesiastical polity as being of Divine Right and 
by Divine prescription, it is quite open for me to say 
that circumstances of time and place and varieties 
of national character and constitution may warrant 
the establishment here of the presbyterian probity, 
there of the episcopal, and elsewhere of the con- 
gregational. I have known ministers of the Estab- 
lished Church of Scotland who did not approve of 
the setting up of presbyterian charges in England, 
either in connection with the Scottish Synod in 
England or with the English Presbyterian Church, 
and who said very decidedly that if they were resid- 
ing in England they would attach themselves to the 
Anglican Establishment. The attachment of such 
people is to the national or established church, not 
to the presbyterian or episcopal. If they believed 
in the Divine Right of episcopacy, they would be 


200 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


episcopalians in Scotland; and if they believed in 
the jus divinum of presbytery, they would be 
presbyterians in England. 

Our forefathers believed in the Divine Right of 
the presbyterian church polity, and it was upon the 
basis of what they held to be of divine institution 
that they sought to bring about uniformity of worship 
in the two countries of England and Scotland. They 
did not regard this matter of government as of the 
essence of the Church, and so episcopal and con- 
gregational churches were recognised by them as true 
churches of Christ. At the same time they were 
obliged not only to defend their own position in 
preferring the presbyterian system, but also to show 
that the principles of their polity were strictly in 
accordance with the divine rule and that other 
systems could not make this claim. 

Hence the writings of Rutherfurd and Gillespie are 
not only argumentative, but continuously polemical. 
It was perhaps not possible—it certainly seemed to 
them impossible—to prove the Divine Right of 
presbytery without proving in every detail that 
_ episcopacy and independency, in all particulars in 
which they differ from presbytery, are without Divine 
Right, that the principles and prescriptions of the 
Divine Word are not only not with them, but are 
distinctly against them. This feature of the case 
should be attended to in estimating the genius of 
our old Scottish theologians. Some of them may 
have been by nature polemically inclined. I suppose 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 201 


there are men in all ages, professional and non- 
professional, who are so disposed, who never become 
interested in the treatment of a subject unless they 
have an abundance of opponents whose weaknesses 
and fallacies they take pleasure in unravelling and 
exposing. But I do not think Rutherfurd, Gillespie 
and Baillie were of that sort. “I have often and 
heartily wished,” writes Gillespie in the opening 
words of his preface to Aaron’s Rod Blossoming, 
“that I might not be distracted by, or engaged into 
polemic writings, of which the world is too full 
already, and from which many more learned and 
idoneous [qualified] have abstained ; and I did accord- 
ingly resolve that, in this controversial age, I should 
be slow to write, swift to read and learn.” Yet he 
felt controversy to be a public duty which he dared 
not put aside. “I have had much ado,” he says, 
“to gain so many horae subsecivae from the works 
of my public calling as might suffice for this work. 
I confess it hath cost me much pains.” 

Baillie, in the dedication to Lauderdale of his 
Dissuasive from the Errors of the Time, says: “ It 
has been of a long time the wish of my heart to have 
had nothing to do with polemic writings ; the bodies 
of soldiers are not more subject to wounds and mani- 
fold hardships than the minds of disputant divines do 
lie open to various vexations. The weary, starved 
and bleeding soldier longs no more for a safe peace 
than a spirit harassed in the toilsome labyrinth of 
thorny debates pants for that quietness which only 


202 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


the final overthrow and full subjugation of error can 
produce.” It would be easy to multiply passages of a 
similar character to show that, keen and relentless as 
these men were in controversy, they never regarded 
this as their proper work, but looked upon it in the 
light of an interruption to their work which was 
thrust upon them against their will, and which they 
took up only by the way. They were builders of 
God’s city, but the presence and venomous activity of 
the enemy made it necessary for them, like Nehemiah 
and his fellow-builders, to use one hand in building, 
while with the other hand they carried a sword, ay 
and used it too. 

The principle of the Divine Right of Church 
government is discussed in great detail in two very 
Important works of George Gillespie, to which we 
have not yet referred:—A Dispute against the 
English Popish Ceremonies; and An Assertion of the 
Government of the Church of Scotland.2 The Dispute 
was published in a stormy time. It appeared during 
the summer of 1637, when the attempt was made in 
Edinburgh to introduce the liturgy which roused the 
wrath of Jenny Geddes. When it was issued the 


1 [A Dispute against the English Popish Ceremonies obtruded on the 
Church of Scotland ; Wherein not only our own arguments against the 
same are strongly confirmed, but likewise the answers and defences of 
our opposites, such as Hooker, Mortoune, Burges, Sprint, Paybody, 
Andrews, Saravia, Tiler, Spotswood, Lindsay, Forbesse, etc., are 
particularly confuted. By George Gillespie, Minister at Edinburgh.] 

2 [An Assertion of the Government of the Church of Scotland, in the 
points of Ruling Elders, and of the authority of Presbyteries and 
Synods. With A Postscript, in answer to a Treatise lately published 
against Presbyterial government. ] 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 203 


author was a youth of four and twenty, and as it was 
printed abroad it is supposed that it was written some 
two years earlier. There is no trace in it of crudeness 
or immaturity. The writer's own view is clearly 
stated and consistently maintained throughout the 
whole discussion. Whatever is of Divine Right in 
church government and worship, he contends must 
have a place given to it; whatever is not of Divine 
Right must have no quarter shown to it. And so he 
proceeds to deal with the arguments of those who 
sought to force on the Scottish Church those English 
ceremonies which he regarded as popish. Some of the 
advocates of these practices maintained that they were 
necessary; some only ventured to say they were 
expedient ; some held they were lawful and therefore 
tolerable ; while a fourth party regarded all ceremonies 
as matters of indifferency, and so not to be scrupled 
at. Gillespie addresses himself in four parts to the 
four questions as to whether the ceremonies were 
necessary, expedient, lawful, or indifferent. Under 
each of these heads he has something forcible, some- 
thing to the point to say. The inexpediency of them, 
~ if not necessary, is easily shown by a reference to the 
enormous trouble which the obtruding of them oc- 
easioned. It is on the point of their lawfulness that 
the presbyterian disputant spends his strength. If 
the ceremonies be lawful it can only be by their 
having the sanction and authority of God’s Word. 
He finds that they are devoid of this warrant, inas- 
much as they are superstitious and monuments of a 


204 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


by-past superstition. They occasion association with 
idolaters and from the significant and mystical nature 
of them they lead to idolatry. The great bishops and 
divines of the English Church, including such really 
great men as Andrewes and Hooker, make a very 
sorry figure when they attempt to obtain authority 
from Scripture texts for the sign of the cross in 


baptism—from the marking in the forehead mentioned: 


in Ezekiel and Revelation, and for the observance of 
Easter—from the apostolic command to keep the 


feast in remembrance of our Passover, Christ. No — 


more successful are they when they seek under cover 
of the injunction, Let everything be done decently 
and in order, to obtain Scripture sanction for all the 
ceremonies of their Church. 

In this book Gillespie's work was wholly critical 
and destructive. The thesis which he had to maintain 
was simply that the supporters of the ceremonies in 
question had failed to show any Divine Right for 
them; and the conclusion reached was that Scottish 
presbyterians, who require a Divine Right for their 
worship and government, are entitled, and are indeed 
in duty bound to refuse to allow them. His other 
book to which we have referred, An Assertion of the 
Government of the Church of Scotland, deals con- 
structively with the question, and shows how presby- 
terians can claim a Divine Right for the institution of 
ruling elders, and of the various church courts which 
form a part of their polity. To one not familiar with 
the ecclesiastical writings of the Scottish theologians 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 205 


it must seem strange to find on a casual inspection of 
their books, the prominent place that is given to the 
ruling elder and the frequent occurrence of lengthy 
discussions on the necessity and nature of his office. 
But when we consider carefully the object which they 
have in their writings, the proving, namely, of the 
Divine Right of the presbyterian polity, we see at 
once that the determining the scriptural warrant of 
the office was to them of first importance. So soon as 
it was proved that there was a Divine Warrant for 
the eldership by which the discipline of the Church 
was conducted, and for the courts in which ministers 
and elders sat as members and governed the affairs of 
the Church, the case for prelacy and congregationalism 
was gone and the case for presbytery was won. 
Baillie in his Dissuasive against the Errors of the 
Times, James Wood in his Examination of Lockyer's 
Lecture on the Church, Rutherfurd in his Plea for 
Paul's Presbytery, and in his Right of Church 
Government, and many others deal with the question 
of the ruling elder; but nowhere is the question so 
methodically and thoroughly discussed as in Gillespie’s 
Assertion. This very able and creditably concise 
work was published in 1641, four years later than the 
one of which we have spoken. 

The author seems to have been provoked or 
stimulated into writing it by the appearance of a 
work entitled Assertion of Episcopacy by Divine 
Right; which had been published during the previous 
[} Episcopacie by Divine Right asserted. In three parts. London, 1640.] 


206 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


year. It was written by the learned, eloquent and 
pious Bishop Joseph Hall. It was a very pretentious 
and not a very wise book. The author offered to 
forfeit his life to justice and his reputation to shame 
if any living man could show that ever there was a 
ruling elder in the Christian world till Farrel and 
Viret created such an office-bearer. Gillespie had no 
desire to take him at his word in the matter of his 
life, but he had no scruple in saying that his own 
book was of itself, without any reply, quite sufficient 
to give sentence against his reputation for ever. 

The first part of his treatise is devoted by Gillespie 
to the subject of ruling elders. It consists of fourteen 
chapters. He explains the different significations of 
the word in Scripture, calls\the term “lay elder” a 
- nickname, characterises the distinction of the clergy 
and laity as “popish and anti-christian,” and insists 
upon its discontinuance. He then shows what the func- 
tions of ruling elders are, in so doing distinguishing 
“the power of order and the power of jurisdiction, which 
are different in sundry respects,” and concluding that 
“the calling of ruling elders consisteth in these two 
things: 1. To assist and voice in all assemblies of the 
Church, which is their power of jurisdiction. 2. To 
watch diligently over the whole flock, and to do by 
authority that which other Christians ought to do in 
charity, which is their power of order. He then 
proceeds to prove the Divine Right of these elders of 
jurisdiction and order. He begins the proof by 
showing that the officers who sat with the Jewish 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 207 


priests and gave their advice and votes in ecclesiastical 
courts, were not civil magistrates as Saravia and 
Bilson seek to make out, but distinctly elders. Then, 
in four consecutive chapters, he deals carefully and 
minutely with four separate New Testament passages, 
in which, under different expressions or terms, he 
understands our Lord and His apostles to speak of 
the office-bearers in question and their functions. He 
takes up first of all the passage in St Matthew xviii. 
17, in which our Lord enjoins the brother who has 
failed by private admonition to bring an offender to 
repentance to “tell it unto the Church.” This Church 
is a representative meeting called in 1 Timothy iv. 14 
“the presbytery,” consisting of pastors and ruling 
elders, a court entitled to be called ‘‘ the Church,” and 
to act in her name because both teachers and _ hearers 
are represented in its membership. Then the second 
Scripture argument is taken from Romans xii. 8, 
where the apostle urges that he who “ruleth” should 
do so “ with diligence.” ‘The ruler, here distinguished 
from the pastor and teacher, corresponds exactly to 
the idea of the presbyterian elder. The third argu- 
ment is based upon 1 Corinthians xii. 28, where a list 
of officers is given, in which list Gillespie identifies 
“helps” with deacons, and “ governments ” with ruling 
elders. The closing Scripture proof is the statement 
in 1 Timothy v. 17: “Let the elders that rule well 
be counted worthy of double honour, especially they 
who labour in the word and doctrine.” This passage, 
I daresay, all will admit to be by far the most 


208 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


important and explicit one in the New Testament 
on the subject under discussion. It shows, as the 
assertor maintains, that there were some elders in the 
Churches who did not labour in word and doctrine, and 
yet might be worthy of all honour simply for ruling well. 

It must be admitted by every candid student of the 
subject that these passages taken together supply very 
strong and convincing proof that even in the Apostolic 
Church this distinction between teaching and ruling 
was made, and that separate offices were distinguished 
in which those could serve who had the gift of 
teaching and those who had aptitude for ruling. 
This in the narrow sense constitutes the proof for 
the Divine Right of the ruling eldership. But 
Gillespie proceeds to show that his, that is to say, 
the presbyterian interpretation and understanding of 
the passages in question determined the practice of 
the early Christian Church; and he quotes passages 
from Ambrose, Epiphanius, Basil, Cyprian, Chrysostom, 
Jerome, Augustine, Isidore of Spain and Origen. He 
comments upon the quotations in order to prove that 
in the churches known to these fathers there were 
rulers whose duty it was to inquire into the character 
of those seeking admission to Church membership, and 
to consider the debarring of the unworthy and dis- 
qualified. Further, in a very interesting chapter, he 
gives the opinions of Calvin and other prominent 
Continental and English Reformed theologians, and 
the practice of all the principal Reformed Churches on 
this subject. Gillespie’s chief opponents, Coleman 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 209 


and Hussey, as also Archbishop Whitgift, would 
allow ruling elders and a divine church government 
under pagan magistrates, but under a Christian 
magistrate they maintained there was no room for 
such. ~ 

Our Scottish presbyterian fathers are sometimes 
blamed for insisting upon a proof of the Divine Right 
of an institution in a narrow and ultra-literal fashion, 
by requiring perfect exactness of detail in the Scripture 
pattern. It would be very easy indeed to quote 
passages from the writings of Rutherfurd and 
Gillespie, and still more abundantly from the sermons 
and popular writings of our divines, earlier and later, 
in which they seek from Scripture texts and incidents 
literal and categorical injunctions in favour of some 
mere mode or detail in the observance of an ordinance 
or the practice of some act of worship. They often 
spiritualised historical persons and events, found 
types in colours and in shapes, in things on earth 
and in things in heaven, and in defence of this they 
were constantly quoting the words of God addressed 
to Moses: “Look that thou make them after their 
pattern, which was showed thee in the mount.” In 
many cases this is more than anything else a mode of 
speech—a fashion, and not a good one, which prevailed 
at that time in all schools, Romish, Prelatical and 
Presbyterian. It is none the more commendable for 
its prevalence. But we can easily understand that 
many who gave way to it as a habit were not bound 
to it by any far-reaching typological principle. 

0 


210 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


Figures were used in a loose way, and references to 
types were made with no more seriousness or studied 
care than a modern speaker takes when he uses an 
illustration. In serious argument, however, Rutherfurd 
and Gillespie were careful enough in limiting the 
application of Scripture proof and the claim for 
Divine Right to that which belonged to the essence 
of the institution or practice with which they were 
concerned. 

An instance of this occurs in the beginning of the 
second part of Gillespie’s Assertion. He is there 
dealing with the question of kirk-sessions and the 
eldership in particular congregations. It seems to 
him that the New Testament pattern of presbyteries, 
in the sense of elderships, recognised only one body 
and one common meeting for the multitudes of 
Christians in such large cities as Rome, Corinth and 
Ephesus, although in each of these centres of popula- 
tion there were several places of assembly in which 
the Christians were accustomed to meet as separate 
congregations. Had he regarded himself as bound 
down to every detail in the practice of the primitive 
Apostolic Church he would have insisted upon the 
institution of common sessions for cities and districts, 
by which all the discipline and government of the 
congregations within these bounds should be exercised. 
So far from doing so, however, this strenuous advocate 
of the jus divinum of presbytery distinctly recognises 
the right of taking into consideration the altered 
circumstances of the age, and of paying regard not to 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 211 


the letter of the local and temporal application of the 
principle, but to the spirit of it. ‘“ We are to dis- 
tinguish,” he writes, “betwixt the condition of the 
primitive churches before the division of parishes and 
the state of our churches now after such division. At 
the first, when the multitude of Christians in those 
great cities of Rome, Corinth, Ephesus, etc., was not 
divided into several parishes, the common presbytery 
in the city did suffice for the government of the 
whole, and there was no need of a particular consistory 
of elders for every assembly and congregation of 
Christians within the city. But after that parishes 
were divided, and Christian congregations planted in 
the rural villages, as well as in the cities, from 
henceforth it was necessary that every congregation 
should have at hand, within itself, a certain consistory 
for some acts of Church government, though still 
those of greater importance were reserved to the 
greater presbytery. .. . Now in this we keep our- 
selves as close to the pattern as the alteration of the 
Church’s condition, by the division of parishes, will 
suffer us; that is to say, we have acommon presbytery 
for governing the congregations within a convenient 
circuit; but, withal, our congregations have, ad 
manum, among themselves an inferior eldership for 
lesser acts of government, though, in respect of the 
distance of the seat of the common presbytery from 
sundry of our parishes, they cannot have that ease 
and benefit of nearness which the Apostolic Churches 
had, yet, by the particular elderships, they have 


212 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


as great ease of this kind as conveniently can 
be. 2 

In the attitude thus assumed by Gillespie we have, 
it seems to me, a thoroughly reasonable and wisely 
moderate statement of the claim of Divine Right in 
Church government. So also Rutherfurd in his tract, 
A Dispute touching Scandall and Christian hbertie, 
takes up the same ground. He deals specially with 
Hooker, and both in logic and common sense proves 
himself vastly superior to his antagonist. Hooker? 
charged his Puritan opponents with blaming the Pre- 
latical party for using forms and ceremonies against 
which their only objection is that they are used in 
the Church of Rome. He represented them as saying : 
There must be no communion nor fellowship with 
-papists, neither in doctrine, ceremonies, nor govern- 
ment. It is not enough that we are divided from 
the Church of Rome by the single wall of doctrine, 
retaining as we do part of their ceremonies and almost 
all of their government. Government, or ceremonies 
or whatsoever it be that is popish—away with it. 
This is the thing they require in us, he says, the utter 
relinquishment of all things popish. Rutherfurd gives 
an admirable answer to all this in general, that in 
doctrine neither likeness nor unlikeness to Rome is 
the rule, because it is not our religion, Romish or 
Protestant, that the Word of God is to be conformed, 
but our religion is to be conformed to the Word of 
God. In answer to the charge of rejecting ceremonies 
1[Second Part, chap. ii. § 7. p. 44, Meek’s Edition, 1846.] ?IV. iii. 3. 


OF DIVINE RIGHT Dis 


and government as popish, though lawful and agree- 
able to the Word, if not expressly commanded by God, 
Rutherfurd maintains that we do not plead for a 
government to be in all things commanded in the 
Word, but for one warranted by the Word, either 
according to command, or promise, or moral practice. 
Scripture, he says, is our rule, not in any literal 
fashion, but in fundamentals of salvation, in all 
morals of both tables, in all institutions and in cir- 
cumstantials of worship. Church government, there- 
fore, is to be determined by, or to have warrant from 
Scripture, as an institution, because it is a super- 
natural ordinance or help above nature, to guide the 
Church to a supernatural happiness. And so the 
Church cannot be governed by the light of nature 
or by the laws of moral philosophy, or civil prudence, 
or human laws, as cities, commonwealths, and king- 
doms are. Rutherfurd’s contention is that everything 
in doctrine, ceremony, and government must have a 
warrant, not necessarily an express and literal com- 
mand, in the Word of God. When Hooker says we 
retain certain ceremonies because we judge them 
profitable, we see what comes of abandoning the 
claim of a Divine Right, and being satisfied with a 
claim of convenience or expediency. Rutherfurd 
characterises this as “a proud reply.” ‘‘ Might not 
Pharisees say as much? We retain the precepts and 
traditions of men used by our fathers because we judge 
them profitable; and who authorised Christ and his 
disciples to judge the Church?” But, replies the 


214  #WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


Scottish divine, ‘‘ Christ said their ceremonies were 
the doctrines of men, and so unlawful, and the like 
argument bring we against the ceremonies, and so 
they must be unprofitable. They ought to give 
another reason of their laws than, ‘we judge’; we 
affirm it is God’s prerogative to say that.” 

In answer to the objection that the particulars of 
the Westminster Directory of Worship are not in 
Scripture Rutherfurd says, in another treatise, that 
we are no further commanded in point of uniformity 
than the general rules of the Word lead us, and com- 
pulsion, where God hath no compelling commandment, 
we utterly disclaim, nor can men or the Church, or all 
the assemblies on earth make laws in matters of God’s 
_ worship, where the Supreme Lawgiver hath made 
none. 

Such then is the reasonable and thoroughly work- 
able principle laid down by presbyterian theolo- 
gians as to when and how far they may and must 
advance the claim of a Divine Right for any in- 
stitution or practice of the Church. Prescription of 
details or of every particular in worship and govern- 
ment is not expected or desired. What is wanted 
is a warrant in God’s Word which need not be a new 
prescription. It may only be a consequence from 
some prescription or institution already established. 
In regard to matters of worship and government, 
surely we shall not quarrel with our ecclesiastical 
forefathers for requiring a warrant from the Scriptures. 
That all of them, on all occasions, observed the liberal 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 215 


explanation which they had given to the idea of 
Divine warrant, would be to expect from them a 
consistency in reasoning and an evenness of temper 
in controversy altogether more than human. Narrow, 
no doubt, they sometimes were in consequence of 
mistaking small matters for things important and 
charging ceremonies possibly harmless with tendencies 
dangerous and deadly. But I am perfectly well 
assured of this that in the vast majority of cases in 
which charges of this kind are brought against them 
the accuser is wrong and they are in the right. 
Things that many are wont nowadays to call harmless 
seemed to them, and really were when rightly under- 
stood, anything but harmless. Nothing more weak 
or superficial can well be conceived than the scornful 
judgment often passed on these conscientiously-con- 
vinced, enlightened, much-enduring men. Scribblers, 
to whom these great thinkers and scholars would have 
scrupled to reply, regarding them as illiterate, ignora- 
muses whom it would be scarcely dignified to notice, 
take it upon them to arraign before the judgment bar 
of their conceit such protagonists as John Knox, 
Andrew Melville, and Samuel Rutherfurd ; and doubt- 
less they would summon many more if they only 
knew their names. Denounced as “narrow, scrupu- 
lous, bigoted,” they are said to have rejected harm- 
less things simply because their opponents held by 
them. This charge though often made is utterly and 
demonstrably untrue. In regard to what they rejected 
they believed that they had good reason to believe that 


216 #WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


they were not harmless. Take one example. Every- 
body knows about the Five Articles of Perth Even 
critics of the Scottish Reformers and Covenanters, 
who know practically nothing about Scottish Church 
History, know the list of these points at which, accord- 
ing to the critics, the Scottish presbyterians of the 
seventeenth century so unreasonably and senselessly 
scrupled. Well, take the first of these articles which 
enjoined kneeling when receiving the sacrament of the 
Lord’s Supper. How silly and absurd, say the self- 
appointed and self-satisfied critics. Is there any 
difference between receiving the communion sitting 
or standing or kneeling? If any, is not the attitude 
of kneeling the most becoming? That is all that they 
see, and they think that that is all they need to say. 
- But in the Church from which this custom was 
taken kneeling was an act of adoration of that which 
was on the altar as unto God. The Romish worshipper 
knelt before the host because it was in his belief 
the very body of the Son of God. The presbyterian 
protestants, whose devotion had not overcome or be- 
clouded their common sense, could see in the element 


[i “ The finishing touch was given to the work of overthrowing pres- 
bytery in Scotland and conforming the Church in discipline and worship 
to that of England by the Assembly at Perth in 1618, the last that was 
held during the reign of James. The famous Five Articles of Perth 
were as follows :—1l. Kneeling at the Communion; 2. Private Com- 
munion for the Sick ; 3. Baptism to be on the next Lord’s Day after the 
birth, and in cases of need in private houses ; 4. Episcopal Confirmation 
of the Young ; and 5. The Observance of Holidays, especially days com- 
memorating the birth, passion, resurrection, and ascension of our Lord 
and his sending down of the Spirit.” The History of the Church im Scot- 
land from the earliest times down to the present day. By John Macpherson, 
M.A., 1901.] 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 217 


only bread ; and, therefore, to them kneeling in adora- 
tion before it was idolatry, not a mere question of 
attitude, but one of worshipping what had been 
created and manufactured. In almost every case in 
which our fathers refused to allow a ceremony to be 
introduced it was a ‘“‘nocent” or hurtful ceremony, 
one the observance of which was calculated to lead 
the worshipper back into those errors and superstitions, 
which, at so great cost, they had cast off. 

In these lectures notice has been taken of only a 
very small department of Scottish theology. It would 
be a grave injustice to these great men to suppose 
that ecclesiastical discussions constituted the main 
work of their lives. They were not, as some seem to 
think, churchmen first and Christians after. These 
Church questions were of supreme interest to them 
simply because they believed—believed with all their 
heart—that they were essentially and inseparably 
bound up with the interests of Christ and His cause. 
It was in vindication of the crown rights of the 
Redeemer that they fought so tenaciously and un- 
compromisingly. When it was a matter that simply 
concerned their personal interests, when it was a slight 
or indignity cast upon their own persons they were 
forbearing, meek, unwilling to say a word or lift a 
hand in their own defence. Their unselfishness is one 
of their outstanding characteristics. All the most 
distinguished of them were tempted time after time 
with opportunities of splendid self aggrandisement. 
If only they had temporized a little, if they had been 


218 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


willing to leave unsaid what was unpalatable to the 
powerful and the great, if they had agreed to com- 
promises and accommodations, the highest dignities 
were within their reach, wealth and rank and honours 
would have been showered upon them. But being 
what they were this could not be. Capable they were 
as none else of that day and nation were capable. 
They could have filled, with distinction to themselves, 
and with advantage to the commonwealth, the highest 
places in the land. But the conditions demanded of 
those who would accept of such appointments made it 
impossible for them to entertain the idea for a single 
moment. 

Robert Bruce’ had shown his incomparable abilities 
as a statesman when he filled the king’s place during 
his absence in Norway to meet his bride in November 
1509, in a way that won the monarch’s hearty thanks 
and the gratitude of all the people. He had shown 
his wonderful skill as a theologian and preacher, 
when he delivered those singularly profound, yet 
popular and instructive sermons on the sacrament of 
the Lord’s Supper, which have attaimed the honour, 
not yet bestowed on any of his brethren, of beimg 
rendered in smooth and graceful language, so as to be 
read with ease and pleasure by all who are interested 
in their great theme” And this great man, fit to 

[!} The Rev. Robert Bruce, Minister of Edinburgh. A son of the 
Laird of Airth, Stirlingshire. Born about the year 1559. Died at his 
own house of Kinnaird in 1631. “Buried in an aisle of the Kirk of 


Larbert, biggit i his own time.”] 
[? Sermons upon the Sacrament of the Lord’s Supper: Preached in 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 219 


preside in the cabinet of State, capable of adorning 
any university as its head, able to guide the counsels of 
the Church and to preach the gospel to the poor, accused 
by base and baseless calumny of disloyalty, and losing 
royal favour because he sought to dissuade the king 
from following an unpatriotic and unkingly policy, 
was deprived of his ministry in Edinburgh, deprived 
of a life pension that had been bestowed upon him, 
sent for a time to banishment in the north, and then 
obliged to continue unoccupied in privacy and 
obscurity through all the remaining years of his life. 
Andrew Melville had a grasp of principles and 
capacity for business in regard to the affairs of State as 
remarkable as his rare literary culture and mastery of 
divinity in all its fields) Calm, dispassionate his- 
torians, looking without prejudice on the record of the 
counsels which he offered to his sovereign, will tell 
you that had King James only been wise enough to 
take his loyal subject's advice, he would have saved 
his country much suffering and his own memory much 
disgrace. Not only was Melville an efficient professor 
in Glasgow, but under his energetic and most practical 
direction the whole course of studies and the method 
of teaching in the College was thoroughly reorganised, 


the Kirk of Edinburgh be M. Robert Bruce, Minister of Christe’s 
Evangel there: at the time of the celebration of the Supper, as they 
were received from his mouth, 1617. Republished from the original 
Scottish edition by the Wodrow Society in 1843 and edited by Dr 
William Cunningham. The same “ Done into English, with a Biograph- 
ical Sketch, by the Rev. John Laidlaw, D.D., Edinburgh. With 
Portrait and other illustrations.” Oliphant, Anderson & Ferrier, 
1901.] 


220 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


so that, from being merely a school of medizeval meta- 
physics, it became, in the full modern sense of the 
word, a university fit to enter into comparison with 
any European seat of learning. Transferred to St 
Andrews, he conferred new lustre on its ancient halls. 
He might have confined himself to his ordinary 
collegiate duties, and in his study and classroom 
he would have found abundance of congenial occupa- 
tion to fill the hours of his day and the years of his 
life. Had he done so, he would have passed a quiet 
and easy life without harassment or molestation. 
But knowing what he did, and conscious of his 
powers, he felt that he would be unfaithful to the 
trust which God had committed to him, and be a 
traitor to the cause of spiritual liberty if he did not 
speak out. He did speak out, and not too loudly, 
whatever men may say. For not then, if ever, would 
' a simpering, subdued whisper have been heard. And 
his reward was the bitter hatred of the silly king. 
For years he suffered from the spiteful vindictiveness 
of one who knew not how otherwise to treat a faithful 
counsellor whose advice went counter to his short- 
sighted policy than by harassing and confining and 
ultimately hurrying him out of the land. It is 
humiliating for Scotsmen to read the story of the 
Hampton Court Conference, and to see the Melvilles 
and others, the greatest, ablest, and wisest of Scot- 
land’s sons, insulted and contumeliously used by the 
first Scottish King of England, who was not good 
enough or wise enough to know goodness and wisdom 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 2a 


when they were before him, or to make use of them 
when the opportunity was given him. After a year 
spent in fruitless wrangling, there followed four years’ 
confinement in the Tower—the words are soon 
spoken, but they tell of a long and dreary period of 
inaction for one who was yearning with all his heart 
and soul to serve his generation. And then at last, 
when it became evident that no opportunity of 
serving in Scotland would be given, he accepted an 
invitation to fill the collegiate chair of divinity in the 
University of Sedan, and there, along with other two 
distinguished Scots, he faithfully discharged the 
professorial office. Then, having glorified God and 
profited his fellow-men, Andrew Melville finished his 
course, a course of which his king and those in power 
had proved themselves unworthy. 

Samuel Rutherfurd had not the same opportunity 
as Bruce and Melville of engaging directly in the 
political conflicts of his time. Before his public 
career began, King James had died and bequeathed 
to his unhappy son his notion that the right of 
absolute and despotic power formed a part of the royal 
prerogative. Charles, like his father, sought to assert 
his right as King to absolute supremacy over all persons 
and causes. Rutherfurd wrote his Lex Rex: The 


1 [Walter Donaldson, a native of Aberdeen, and known as the author 
of several learned works, was Principal and Professor of Natural and 
Moral Philosophy during all the time Melville was in the University. 
Another of his countrymen, John Smith, was also a Professor of Philo- 
sophy. Melville’s colleague professor was Daniel Tilerus. He taught 
the system, while Melville prelected on the Scriptures.] 


222 WHAT ACCORDING TO SCOTTISH THEOLOGY IS 


Law and the Prince against the tyranny and arbitrary 
government, against setting the King over the law, 
and in order to show that it is only according to law 
that the King must rule and judge. His views are 
what even now would be regarded as advanced. In 
his judgment the King’s power is from the people: he 
preferred an elected to a hereditary King; parliament 
makes laws, the King can only execute them; the 
sovereign is not above law, nor is he its sole inter- 
preter. Thus and in other ways Rutherfurd served— 
and served nobly—the interests of the State. But 
yet more extensive, and not less important, were his 
services to the Church. The lectures of this course 
have been largely an exposition of his views regarding 
the Church in its idea, membership, constitution, and 
‘independence, so I do not need to refer again to that 
department of his work. As a divine, his contribu- 
tions to theological science have been great. Charles 
seemed as determined to press on the Church of 
Scotland Laud’s Arminianism as he was to assert his 
own supremacy in the government of Church and 
State. Rutherfurd wrote elaborate examinations of 
the Arminian system, in which the principles of 
Calvinism are expounded with clearness and fulness, 
evidencing a splendid scholarship, and, up to his day, 
complete. These works may still be read by students 
with profit in not too easy Latin—valuable for their 
exactness of definition, their recognition of the essen- 
tial elements in doctrine, and their vindication of its 
practical use. But, strange as it may seem and hard 


OF DIVINE RIGHT 223 


to believe, these great ecclesiastical, controversial, and 
doctrinal works—works great in bulk and great in 
depth—were only the occupation of his leisure hours. 
The time for studying the controversies and writing 
the results of his studies he took off his sleep. His 
proper work in Anwoth and wherever he might be 
was preaching to the people the glorious gospel of the 
grace of God. He was unwearied in his labours for 
the conversion of sinners and the instruction of God’s 
children. If, in controversy with those who were 
doing, as he thought, the enemy’s work, his language 
seems sometimes harsh and severe, his preaching was 
of the love of God to mankind sinners. His Letters 
show how he luxuriated in the Divine love, and 
yearned after closer and fuller fellowship of love with 
Christ. It was of the love of God in Christ that he 
spoke to all men. He surely deserved well of his 
country ; and yet he barely escaped the scaffold. 
Lex Rex had the honour of being burned by the order 
of dissolute cavaliers in London, Edinburgh, and St 
Andrews, who could scarcely read it, much less 
understand it. For himself the tyrant’s summons 
came too late. He was already on his death-bed, and 
on hearing of it, calmly remarked. that he had got 
another summons before a superior Judge and judi- 
eatory, and sent the message, “‘I behove to answer my 
first summons, and ere your day arrive, I will be 
where few kings and great folk come.” 

Such are some specimens of the work done by our 
Scottish divines, and of the rewards which in their 


224 SCOTTISH THEOLOGY 


lifetime they received. But being dead, they are 
yet speaking. The civil and religious liberty that we 
enjoy we owe, under God, to them, and many of the 
familiar missions in which we give expression to that 
liberty are but the echoes of those voices which the 
noise and violence of tyrants could not drown. These 
lectures will have served no mean purpose if they 
awaken an interest in the story of our Reformed and 
Covenanting forefathers, and induce some to study at 
first hand the works about the Christian Church and 
Christian doctrine which these great men have 
written. 


INDEX 


Aorts, The Black, 168, 176. 

Adamson, Patrick, 173, 175. 

Alesius, 24. 

Alford, Dean, on St Matthew xviii. 
15-17, 140. 

Anabaptists, 22. 

Andrewes, 204. 

Antichrist, Protestant Orders taken 
from, 113. 

Antinomians, 22. 

Arran, Earl of, opposition to Andrew 
Melville, 165. 
Articles, The Five, of Perth, 28, 

216 n. 
Assembly, General, of 1579, Act of 
on Evils of the Kirk, 161. 
Augustine, 119. 


Bariuiz, Robert, of Glasgow, Life 
and Writings of, 34 et seqg.; 
Historical Vindication of Church 
of Scotland, 172 et seg., 201. 

Bannerman, Professor James, 96 n, 
40. 


Baptism, by women and laymen, 97 
et seg.; by Church of Rome, 
98 n. 

Barnabas, see Paul. 

Black, Rev. David, of St Andrews, 
170. 

Boece, 24. 

Boston, Thomas, of Ettrick, 3, 5, 25, 
51, 82, 85 et seg., 92, 124. 

Boyd, Robert, of Trochrig, 24; 
Sketch of Life and Writings, 
26 et seq., 55. 

— Zachary, 28. 

Bramhall, Bishop of Londonderry, 
37 


Brown, John, of Wamphray, 3, 25, 
48 et seq., 73, 75, 78 et seg., 90, 
93, 102, 103, 115, 126. 

Bruce, Prof. A. B., 140. 

—— Rev. Robert, 218. 

Buchanan, George, 24. 

Buckle, Henry Thomas, 18, 130 7. 

Burnet, Gilbert, Bishop, 120. 


CaLLine and Election, 78. 

Calvin, John, 208. 

Cameron, John, Life and Writings 
of, 31 et seg. 

Richard, 115. 

Cameronians, The, 115. 

Cargill, Donald, 115; his Excom- 
munications, 149. 

Chambers’s Domestic Annals of Scot- 
land, 130 n. 

Chrysostom and Epiphanius, 105. 

Church, The, Place of in Scottish 
Church History and Divinity, 1, 
2; idea of, 54 et seg. ; member- 
ship in, 54 et seg. ; Romish and 
Protestant conceptions of, 60; 
visible and invisible, 63, 69; 
notes of visible, 80; unity of, 
91 et seg. ; admission into, 95; 
purity of, 129 et seg. ; censures 
and excommunication by, 129 
et seg. ; power and jurisdiction 
of, 158 et seq. 

— of Rome, recognition of by 
Scottish divines, 97 ; difference 
between and Scottish Reformers 
and Covenanters, 110. 

— of Scotland, theological writ- 
ings ‘of, 5; in what sense 
critical, 11; principles of Scrip- 
ture interpretation, 13; value 
of the literature, 18. 

Coleman, Thomas, 191 ef seg., 208. 

Confession, Scottish, of 1560, 56; on 


Baptism, 98. 

—— Westminster, 102. 

Congregationalists, idea of the 
Church, 61. 

Conscience, Rutherfurd’s description 
of, 155. 

Constantine, statement to the 


bishops, 184. 
Cotton, John, 103. 

Covenanters, The Scottish, 91, 110. 
Cunningham, Principal John, upon 
Andrew Melville, 164, 168. 

Cyprian, see Stephen. 


Pe 


225 


226 INDEX 

Derciarations, Rutherglen, San- | Grub, Professor, Aberdeen, estimate 
quhar, Lanark, 115. . of John Maxwell, 36. 

Dickson, David, of Irvine and 
Glasgow, 5. Hat, Bishop Joseph, Assertion of 


Directory, of Worship, Westminster, 
214. 

Discipline, Books of, 134. 

— First Book of, 139 n, 147, 
153 n. 

— Second Book of, 23, 160 e¢ seq., 
177, 180. 

Division, distinguished from heresy 
and schism, 104. 

Doctrine, The Key of, 144 et seq. 

Douglas, Gavin, 5. 

Drummond, of Hawthornden, 5. 

Dunbar, William, 5. 

Durham, Rev. James, of Glasgow, 3, 
5, 25, 47 et seg., 91, 103; on 
Scandalous Divisions, 104 et 
seq., 106, 115 et seg., 126, 186 e 
seq., 141 et seqg., 185. 


Ep@ar, Dr A., of Mauchline, on 
Discipline in the Church | of 
Scotland, 153 et seq. 

Elders, ruling distinct from teach- 
ing, 206 et seq. 

Election, see Calling. 

Epiphanius, see Chrysostom. 

Episcopacy, domination of in Scot- 
land, promotion of prelates 
during, 162. 

Erastianism, opposed by Scottish 
divines, 184; advocated by 
Thomas Coleman in West- 
minster Assembly and before 
House of Commons, 193. 

Erskines, The, 126. 


FarRBAiRN, Principal, of Oxford, 
upon Adam Gib, 126. 

Familists, The sect of, 22. 

Froude, J. A., on Keformers and 
Toleration, 156 et seq. 


Gis, Rev. Adam, 126. 

Gillespie, Rev. George, of Edin- 
burgh, 3, 5, 16, 25; life and 
writings of, 38 e¢ seq., 90, 103, 
187; replies to Coleman, 194 e¢ 
seq., 198, 200, 201 ef seg., 205, 
210. 

Grace, Saving, distinguished from a 
serious profession, 145. 

Graham, Rev. Henry Grey, Glasgow, 
The Social Life of Scotland in 
the 18th Century, 133 n. 


Episcopacy by Divine Right, 205. 
Henderson, Rev. Alexander, 92. 
Heresy, distinct from schism and 

division, 104. 

Hofmann, Commentary on Ephesians, 

12. 

Hooker, Richard, 104, 204, 213. 
Hosius, Bishop of Cordova, 119 n. 
Hussey, Joseph, Puritan, 209. 
Hutchison, Rev. M., 124 n. 


Independents, see Congregationalists. 
Informatory Vindication, 115, 121. 


James the VI., 27; rebuked in 
Church by Patrick Simpson of 
Stirling, 135, 172. 

Jurisdiction, how defined by Scot- 
tish Divines, 175 ; see Mair. 

Jus Divinum, see Right. 


Keys, The Power of the, 144. 
Kirk-Sessions, Scottish, misrepre- 
sentations of, 130, 132 et seq. 
Knox, John, 3, 5, 92, 113; his 
“Liturgy,” 147, 148, 215. 


LANARK, see Declarations. 

Laud, Archbishop, Arminianism of, 
222. 

Lex Rex, see Rutherfurd. 

Libellatici, The, 123 n. 

Liberty, civil and religious, due to 
Scottish Divines, 224. 

Lightfoot, The Orientalist, 197. 

Liturgy, Scottish, see Knox. 

Lockyer, Nicholas, Independent, 
Lecture on the Church, 205. 

Luther, Martin, 113. 

Lyndsay, Sir David, 5. 

MACMILLAN, Rev. John, The 
Cameronian, 124 n. 

Macmillanites, The, 115. 

Macneill, Rev. John, the Cameronian 
Preacher, 124 n. 

Macpherson, Rev. John, see Editor’s 
Preface ; quotations from upon 
Five Articles of Perth, 216 7. 

Magistrate, Duty of tothe Church, 185 

Mair, Dr William, Jurisdiction in 
Matters Ecclesiastical, Criticism 
of, 178 et seg., note, 190. 

Major, Jobn, Scottish historian, 24. 


INDEX 


Marrow Controversy, 51. 

Matthew, St., xviii. 15-17, teaching 
of regarding Offences and the 
Church, 138. 

Maxwell, John, The deposed Bishop 
of Ross, 35, 173, 175. 

M‘Crie, Dr Thomas, on Andrew 

Melville, 166 n, 167 n. 

Dr Thomas, jun., 135. 
M‘Ward, Robert, 25; Writings of, 
50; Answer to Burnet, 120. 

Meletius and Paulinus, 119 e¢ seg. 

Melville, Andrew, 24, 55, 91, 92; 
Interviews with James VI., 164 
et seg., 215, 219 et seq. 

—— James, Diary, 169, 171. 

— Sir Robert, 165 n. 

Meyer, on Matthew xviii. 15-17, 140. 

Moray, Earl of, 135. 

Miiller, Julius, 140. 


Order, Book of Common, 149. 

Order, The, of the Ecclesiastical 
Discipline in the Form of Prayers 
and Ministration of the Sacra- 
ments (1556), 150. 

Order, The, of Excomunication and 

of Public Repentance, 148, 152. 

Ordinances, Sealing, 77. 


PARLIAMENT, Scottish, Act of (1592), 
178 


Pastors, belong to Church Universal, 
99 


Paul, and Barnabas contention be- 
tween, 105. 

Paulinus, see Meletius. 

Perfectionism, 74. 

Potestas Ordinis, and Potestas Juris- 
dictionis, 177. 

ae aie to the Church, 
109 e¢ 


REGENERATION, not a requirement 
of Church membership, 79. 

Renwick, Rev. James, 115, 121. 

Right, Divine, 191 et seg., 196. 

Rivet, Andrew, 2 

Robertson, Principal William, on 
Andrew Melville, 167. 

Robinson, John, 66, 103. 

Rollock, Principal, 27. 

Rome, Church of, assumption by, of 
Civil and Ecclesiastical Power, 
159. 


Ross, Rev. Dr William, Glimpses of 


Pastoral Work in Covenanting 
Times, 134 n. 


227 


Rutherfurd, Samuel, 3, 5; Use of 
Scripture language, 8 ; interpre- 
tation of Scripture, 13 ; invited 
abroad, 24, 36; writings, 41 et 
seg., 55, 62, 64, 73, 78, 80 e¢ seq., 
90, 99, 103 et seg., 113, 115, 126 ; 
Due Right of Presbyteries, 137 ; 
A Free Disputation against Pre- 
tended Liberty of Conscience, 155 
et seg.; Lex Rex, 156, 184 et 
seqg.,200, 205, 212, 215, 221 et seg. 

Rutherglen, see Declarations. 


SACRIFICATORES, The, 123 n. 

Sanquhar, see Declarations. 

Scandal, see Durham. 

Seceders, The, of 1733, 125. 

their successors, 125. 

Sectaries, The, Rutherfurd upon, 
99, 137. 

Selden, 197. 

Separatists, The, 61, 65, 68, 73, 113, 
115. 


Schism, The sin of, 90, 104. 

Scotland, Church of, Animadver- 
sions of upon Black Acts, 176. 

— Old Church Life in, 154; Re- 
ligious and Social Life in during 
17th and 18th Centuries, 129. 

Simpson, Rev. Patrick, and James 
VI., 135. 

Society Men, The, 115. 

Socinians, opposed by Scottish 
Divines, 189. 

Spottiswoode, John, civil and eccles- 
lastical preferment of, 162. 

Stephen, Pope, 105. 


THURIFICATORES, The, 123 n. 

Toleration, limits of,by J. A. Froude, 
156 et seg. 

Torwood, see Cargill. 


Universities, Frankfurt, Leyden, 
Paris, Saumur, Sedan, Utrecht, 
24, 


WALKER, Dr James of Carnwath, 25, 


Welch, John, of ree 128. 

Welsh, John, of Ayr, | 

Whitgift, Archbishop, 509. 

Wilson, Rev. William, of Perth, 
125. 

Wood, James, Examination of Lock- 
yer’s Lecture. 


=~ 


ZWINcui, 113. 


DATE DUE 


jas) eae 
Bas ve 


DEMCO 38-297 


ait = 


TO